2018 Annual Report
2018 Annual Report
This Annual Financial and Sustainability Report provides our stakeholders with a balanced
view of our ability to use our financial resources and expertise to be a sustainable business
that creates sustainable value.
Covering the period January 1 to December 31, 2018, this report contains material information
relating to our financial and non-financial performance, operating context, prospects, risks, and
governance to address the information requirements of our current and prospective investors.
We also present information relevant to the way we create value for other key stakeholders,
including our employees, customers, regulators, and society. This follows our latest report
released in 2018 covering the period January 1 to December 31, 2017.
This report has been prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards: Core option. This has
also been aligned with the disclosure requirements of the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas and
the ASEAN Corporate Governance Scorecard. For the Materiality Disclosures Service, GRI
Services reviewed that the GRI content index is clearly presented and the references for
Disclosures 102-40 to 102-49 align with appropriate sections in the body of the report.
i C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CONTENTS
2 4 6 10
ABOUT JOURNEY TO 100 MESSAGE TO OUR IN MEMORIAM:
CHINA BANK YEARS STAKEHOLDERS HENRY “TATANG”
Company profile, Vision, Corporate milestones from From Chairman Hans T. Sy, SY SR.
Mission, and Core Values 1920 to 2018 Vice Chairman Gilbert U. Dee, A tribute to China Bank’s
and Pres. William C. Whang late Honorary Chairman
12 14 16 18
FINANCIAL SDG SUSTAINABILITY MATERIALITY
HIGHLIGHTS CONTRIBUTION- STRATEGY & PROCESS,
CORE AREAS ROADMAP MATERIAL TOPICS,
How we contributed to the AND STAKEHOLDER
Sustainable Development
Goals ENGAGEMENT
20 34 40 50
CHINA BANK AS CHINA BANK AS CHINA BANK AS CHINA BANK AS
ENABLER ADVOCATE EMPLOYER PARTNER
How we enable our How we delight and engage How we engage, develop, How we partner with our
customers’ success our customers and nurture our employees stakeholders to create
shared value
58 82 94 96
CHINA BANK AS OUR LEADERS AWARDS AND FINANCIAL
STEWARD China Bank Board of DISTINCTIONS STATEMENTS
How we earn our Directors, Management Capital structure/adequacy,
stakeholders’ trust and build Committee, and senior Audit Committee Report,
enduring relationships officers Statement of Management
Responsibility for FS,
Auditors’ Report,
Management Discussion
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 1
ABOUT CHINA BANK
102-1, 102-2, 102-3, 102-4, 102-5, 102-6
China Banking Corporation (China Bank) is one of the leading Over the years, we have reinforced our human, physical, and
private universal banks in the Philippines. We offer a full range technological resources to meet the changing needs of our
of banking products and services to institutional (corporate, customers, shareholders, and regulators, while minimizing any
middle market/commercial, SMEs) and individual (retail, mass negative impact on communities and the environment.
affluent, high net worth) customers, as well as thrift banking,
investment banking, insurance brokerage, and bancassurance Our vision, mission, and the values passed on by China Bank’s
services through our subsidiaries China Bank Savings, China founders underpin our continuing story of sustainable growth,
Bank Capital, China Bank Securities, China Bank Insurance governance excellence, and enduring partnerships. We are
Brokerage, and affiliate Manulife China Bank Life Assurance. committed to place sustainability at the heart of our business
and credit decisions and to uphold the highest standards of
China Bank, established in 1920, has an in-depth understanding corporate governance to remain strongly positioned for value
of the way entrepreneurs and businessmen do business. creation.
While maintaining very close multi-generational relationships
with the Filipino-Chinese community, we have since expanded The China Bank stock (PSE: CHIB) is listed on the Philippine
the scope of our products and services to cover all market Stock Exchange (PSE). We are a member of the SM Group,
segments as we pursue and enhance ways to create greater one of the largest conglomerates in the Philippines.
value for the future.
Headquarters: China Bank Building, Paseo de Roxas corner Villar St., Makati City 1226 Philippines
620
branches
P8 B
Net income
P513 B
Gross loans
“Baa2”
Investment
+8% +13% grade credit rating
from Moody’s
966
ATMs
P866
Assets
B P722
Deposits
B
+15% +14%
Among the 50 best
publicly-listed companies
in ASEAN; the only bank
1.5 M
customers
P88
Capital
B 9,652
employees
among the top 3 listed
Philippine companies
+5%
2 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
VISION MISSION
102-16
We will be a leading provider of quality services consistently
Drawing strength from our rich history, we will be the best, delivered to institutions, entrepreneurs, and individuals here
most admired, and innovative financial services institution, and abroad, to meet their financial needs and exceed their
partnering with our customers, employees, and shareholders rising expectations.
in wealth and value creation.
We will be a primary catalyst in the creation of wealth for our
customers, driven by a desire to help them succeed, through
a highly engaged team of competent and empowered
professionals, guided by in-depth knowledge of their needs
and supported by leading-edge technology.
Integrity
We will always take the high
road by practicing the highest
ethical standards and by Customer service focus
honoring our commitments. Satisfied customers are
We will take personal essential to our success. We
responsibility for our actions and will achieve total customer
treat everyone fairly and with satisfaction by understanding
trust and respect. what the customer wants and
deliver it efficiently.
High performance
standards
We will abide by well- Resourcefulness/Initiative
established professional CORE VALUES We will devise and initiate ways
and means to achieve targets/
methods of doing business that
go beyond the typical/routine We are committed to live by these goals and go beyond customer
functions and designated values in conducting our business expectations.
results. and achieving our vision and
mission.
Commitment to quality Efficiency
We will strive for continuous We will perform tasks
improvement in all that we do, promptly and accurately while
so that we will rank among the maintaining or improving the
best in the banking industry quality of results or output.
in customer, employee, and
community satisfaction.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 3
JOURNEY TO 100 YEARS
When we opened for business on August 16, 1920 in Binondo, Manila, we sought from
the outset to bring best practices in banking to be more responsive to customer needs
and remain relevant and resilient amid the changing business landscape. As we move
confidently forward, we will continue to grow, improve, and innovate to remain strongly
positioned for value creation.
4 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
• Acquires Manila
Banking Corp. and
operates it as a
savings bank • Launches • Gets investment
Completes first arm, China Bank investment grade credit rating
international Savings (CBS) house subsidiary, of “Baa2” from
US$53M • Signs bancassurance China Bank Capital Moody’s
secondary share joint venture with • Launches credit • Raises P15B from
offering Manulife card business stock rights offer
Best capitalized Acquires • Acquires Planters China Bank Capital • Raises P10.25 B via
bank during the Pampanga-based Development Bank acquires stock LTNCD issue
Asian Financial Unity Bank • Raises P8B from brokerage house • Signs US$150M Green
Crisis, after a 2 stock rights offer ATC Securities and Bond Agreement with
for every 3 shares renames it China IFC
stock rights Bank Securities • Recognized as the only
offering bank among the top
three listed Philippine
companies and among
the 50 best publicly-
listed companies in
ASEAN
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 5
MESSAGE TO STAKEHOLDERS
102-14, 102-15
Vice Chairman Gilbert U. Dee, Chairman Hans T. Sy, and President William C. Whang
against a backdrop of China Bank’s original headquarters in Binondo, Manila. Built
in 1924, this historic building at the corner of Calle Juan Luna and Dasmariñas St.
is currently being restored to its former grandeur. Restoration is expected to be
completed in time for China Bank’s 100th anniversary in 2020.
6 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
To our Fellow Stakeholders,
Our enduring customer relationships, high governance standards, to tighten regulatory oversight and performance standards
and responsiveness to change set the stage for another year on capital adequacy and liquidity management. BSP amended
of solid growth. Amid a very competitive and challenging the Leverage Ratio framework, implementing guidelines
environment, 2018 was again a banner year for China Bank. We on Net Stable Funding Ratio and adopted the Basel III
posted our highest ever net profit in our 98-year history—P8.1 Countercyclical Buffer. It also brought down the reserve rate
billion, made good progress in our strategic objectives, scaled requirement to 18%.
up our contribution to the Sustainable Development Goals, and
achieved other milestones that bode well for our ambitious Steady growth
targets in the coming years. 2018 also marked the first full year Driven by the values and high standards set by our founders and
of our new Management team whose competent leadership is the trust and support of our customers, we achieved steady, solid
enabling our steady transition from the storied past to a changing growth year after year despite the difficult operating environment.
present and towards an exciting and sustainable future. We delivered net income of P8.1 billion in 2018, up 8% from
2017. This translated to a return on equity of 9.5% and a return
Operating context on assets of 1.0%. Our total operating income rose 11% to P28.6
The Philippines’ economic growth was slower at 6.2%, but billion, as net interest income surged 17% to P22.9 billion on
remained one of the fastest growing economies in Southeast the back of double-digit growth in loans. Meanwhile, fee-based
Asia. On the production side, economic activity was propelled revenues excluding trading gains and one-off gains grew 16%.
by the services and industry sectors. On the expenditure side,
household spending remained as the highest contributor to China Bank’s customer-centric structure lends itself to solid
growth, supported by sustained increases in revenues from the deposit and loan generation. Total assets expanded 15% to
BPO sector and inward remittances. P866 billion on the strength of our core businesses. Gross loans
reached P513 billion, 13% higher due to broad based increases
Fiscal deficit widened by 59%, overshooting the 3% of GDP across customer segments, particularly the consumer and
ceiling for the entire year. Strong government spending outpaced corporate segments. On the funding side, total deposits climbed
a moderate increase in revenue generation. The spending surge 14% to P722 billion, boosted by the 17% increase in CASA
was led by infrastructure, as more of the government’s ambitious (Checking & Savings Accounts) deposits to P401 billion.
“Build, Build, Build” projects were launched.
In spite of the fast-paced lending, asset quality remained healthy.
Trade deficit likewise widened by 22% as imports grew faster Non-performing loans (NPL) declined by 7%, further improving
than exports. This resulted in a current account shortfall as more NPL ratio to 1.2%—better than industry at both the parent bank
dollars were spent for importation. The increased demand for and subsidiary levels. NPL cover increased to 167%, with the
the greenback caused the Philippine peso to depreciate by 4%, parent bank recording a stronger ratio at 323% from 175% in
averaging P52.66: US$1 in 2018 from P50.40: US$1. Similarly, the 2017.
Philippine Stock Exchange Index lost 1,092 points or 13% year-on-
year, closing at 7,466 in 2018. At the core of our balance sheet strength is our solid capital
position. Total capital funds grew 5% to P87.8 billion. Common
The Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP) raised its policy rate five equity tier 1 (CET 1) and total capital adequacy ratios at 12.2%
times to 4.75%, as inflation sustained an uptrend, peaking at and 13.1%, respectively, are well above the minimum regulatory
6.7% in September and October. The regulator continued requirement.
Driven by the values and high standards set by our founders and
the trust and support of our customers, we achieved steady, solid
growth year after year despite the difficult operating environment. We
delivered net income of P8.1 billion in 2018, up 8% from 2017.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 7
MESSAGE TO STAKEHOLDERS
Strong investor confidence We continued to deepen our leadership bench with senior
With solid fundamentals, deep relationships with the Chinese- officer appointments in 2018: Ryan Martin L. Tapia as president
Filipino community, and track record of sustainable and strong of China Bank Capital, Mary Ann T. Lim as head of Trust and
earnings, China Bank continues to be among the best-rated Asset Management Group, Clarissa Maria A. Villalon as head of
companies in the country. In 2018, Moody’s affirmed our Consumer Banking Group-Operations Division, and Atty. Aileen
investment grade rating of “Baa2” Issuer Rating, citing our Paulette S. De Jesus as Chief Compliance Officer.
strong capital base and stable asset quality. We received similar
affirmation of our creditworthiness and viability—“BB+” Long To strengthen our subsidiaries and boost their capability to handle
Term Issuer Default Rating from Fitch and “BBB” Financial more business, the Board approved the Bank’s additional capital
Strength Rating from Capital Intelligence. All three agencies rated infusion of P500 million to China Bank Savings on June 6, 2018.
China Bank’s outlook as “Stable”. The Board also approved the additional capital infusion of P40
million (plus P60 million from Manulife) to Manulife China Bank
Meanwhile, local credit watchdog PhilRatings gave us an issuer Life Assurance Corp. on December 5, 2018.
rating of “PRS Aaa”, the highest corporate credit rating assigned
on the PRS scale, reflecting our strong capacity to meet financial In September 2018, Our Lead Independent Director, Mr. Roberto
obligations. F. Kuan, passed away. We are deeply saddened by the loss and
will always be grateful for his immense contribution to the Bank’s
We harnessed the momentum generated by our positive credit success in the 12 years that he served on our Board. A new
ratings by offering Long Term Negotiable Certificates of Deposit Independent Director, Mr. Philip S.L. Tsai, with over three decades
(LTNCD). In 2018, we raised P10.25 billion, the largest in the of extensive banking experience and management expertise, was
Bank’s history. We upsized the issuance from the original offer elected in November to serve Mr. Kuan’s unexpired term.
size of P5 billion due to strong investor demand. Strategic and
well-timed fund raising via LTNCDs enables us to match funding Also in September 2018, the BSP approved the amendment in
with asset maturity, support our business expansion plans, and our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws to increase the number
create more value for stakeholders. of directors from 11 to 12. Subsequently, in January 2019, we
received Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) nod
Beyond economic success to proceed with the election of a fourth independent director,
Sustainability is a cornerstone of our mission and the work we do. bringing a stronger element of independence to the Board.
We adopt best practices and conduct our business responsibly
and ethically to ensure China Bank’s longevity and to contribute to Our continued adherence to best practices to create sustainable
a sustainable future for all. value has other rewards. China Bank was cited at the 2018
ASEAN Governance Awards as the only bank among the top three
To address growing environmental concerns, we inked a US$150 listed Philippine companies and among the 50 best publicly-listed
million Green Bond Agreement with International Finance companies in ASEAN. Our excellence in corporate governance
Corporation (IFC). The Green Bond underscores our strategy to was also recognized by London-based publications Global Banking
facilitate business growth and economic development in a way & Finance Review and Capital Finance International. BSP affirmed
that is sustainable and beneficial to society and the environment. our commitment to high customer service standards, conferring
It opens up more financing for projects to address climate change, on us the Pagtugon Award for Universal and Commercial Banks.
including renewable energy, green buildings, energy efficiency, Meanwhile, our investment banking arm China Bank Capital
and water conservation initiatives. was named Best Retail Bond House in the Philippines by The
Asset for the third year in a row, and as Best Bond Adviser in the
Philippines.
8 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
utilization rates for all electronic banking channels like ATMs, Cash
Our wildly important goals Accept Machines, and the internet and mobile banking platform to
We envision becoming one of the top-performing financial facilitate efficient but secure banking transactions.
institutions in terms of profitability and shareholder value over
the next five years. We adopted the “Wildly Important Goals” or We will strengthen our 98-year franchise by building a service-
WIGs concept in 2017 as the pillars of execution for our continued oriented organization with highly-engaged employees to be able
success and sustainability. In 2018 and in the coming years, we to meet the challenges of today’s competitive banking landscape.
will align our activities towards the achievement of our four WIGs: China Bank Academy will continue to design and roll-out
business growth, customer centricity, operational excellence, and development programs that are tailor fit to our growth directive,
employee engagement. digitization roadmap, and our goal of becoming customers’ bank
of choice.
At the forefront of core business expansion is fund build-up,
particularly low-cost deposits. In 2019, we will develop client Onward to 100 years and beyond
acquisition and retention programs, as well as launch new For nearly a century, we have been building a strong, resilient,
deposit products and services suited to the needs of the retail responsive, and competitive business franchise on a foundation of
and other emerging sectors. As the branch network matures, trust, integrity, accountability, and transparency. We are excited
we will continue to review the organizational structure of to celebrate China Bank’s Centenary next year and we welcome
distribution channels and recalibrate branch functions in order the opportunities and challenges ahead. It is with deep sadness,
to accommodate more high-value transactions. The synergy however, that we are continuing this journey without our Honorary
between branches and other sales desks will be tightened to Chairman and Advisor, Mr. Henry “Tatang” Sy Sr. His passing is
drive internal client sourcing, cross-selling, and leads generation a great loss to China Bank and the nation. We take comfort in the
programs, while maintaining prudent credit standards. fact that his legacy will live on.
Our consumer business is set to steadily expand and grow its As we set our sights to the future with optimism and confidence,
share to the consolidated loan portfolio. Satellite offices dedicated we will continue to leverage China Bank’s strength to facilitate
to servicing housing, auto, and personal loans will be set up in sustainable and inclusive growth and improve the lives of the
selected branches to ramp up relationship-building with new and millions we serve.
existing retail clients. This will be complemented by the suite of
fee-based products and services, such as non-life insurance, trust, On behalf of the Board of Directors, management, and staff
bancassurance, wealth management, and securities brokering, of China Bank, we thank you for your continued trust and
as well as the China Bank credit cards in order to achieve a more partnership.
comprehensive product coverage.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 9
Henry “Tatang” Sy Sr.
Honorary Chairman
October 1924 – January 2019
Success comes to those who dream big, work very hard to achieve their goals, and are determined and optimistic amid
challenges. Henry Sy Sr., the founder of SM, the father of modern Philippine retail, and the Honorary Chairman of China
Bank, had attained great success and had touched so many lives in his 94 years. He was fondly called “Tatang” for his
role as patriarch to his family and extended family—employees, business partners, and friends. His inspiring rags to
riches story, grit, business philosophy, and generosity have made him an example of what it means to be a businessman.
And in his passing, he leaves a multi-billion empire that provides livelihood to tens of thousands of Filipinos, a foundation
that supports the poor members of the community, and a legacy that inspires generations of entrepreneurs.
10 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
to him to open his first Shoemart. But in order to grow his
business, he needed more capital.
This capital came in the form of a one million Peso loan
from China Bank in 1949, his first credit line.
“The loan facilities given to me by the Bank gave me
‘pinsin’, a Fujianese word meaning ‘trustworthiness’ or
‘credibility’, in the Chinese community. It established me
as trustworthy. It built up my credit. It proved that I was
considered a very trusted customer by the Bank, and that
helped my business. If China Bank considered me a good
credit risk, then other people would also. That’s why I
appreciate that loan so much,” said Tatang in China Bank’s
90th anniversary commemorative book, A Matter of Trust: The
China Bank Story.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 11
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
102-7
1/
Restated to show the cumulative effects of stock dividends & stock rights
12 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
NET INCOME TOTAL RESOURCES STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
In Billion Pesos In Billion Pesos In Billion Pesos
8.1 866.1 87.9
7.5
751.4 83.7
6.5
633.2 63.4
5.6
5.1 526.8 59.2
471.2 56.6
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
541.6 12.21
740
661
620
596
439.3
541
517
470
399.3
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 13
SDG CONTRIBUTION - CORE AREAS
203-2
14 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
How we contribute 2018 performance
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 15
SUSTAINABILTY STRATEGY AND ROADMAP
AS AS AS
ENABLER ADVOCATE EMPLOYER
• Number of
• Number of • Customer
employees
branches and ATMs Satisfaction rating
• Number of new
• Number of • Volume of
hires
customers inquiries, requests,
complaints received
• Workforce
• New products/
proportion in terms
services launched • Number of
of gender, age, and
METRICS • Transaction volume
reported concerns
rank
(E-banking) • Complaint
• Number of
resolution rate
employees
• Deposit volume
promoted
• Remittance volume
• Number of training
hours
• Loan volume
• Attrition rate
• Deal volume
• Retention rate
• Investment volume
• Number of
• Insurance volume
engagement, team
effectiveness, and
work-life integration
programs
16 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
AS AS
PARTNER STEWARD
• Compliance
with the ASEAN
Corporate
Governance
Scorecard
• Governance awards
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 17
MATERIALITY PROCESS AND MATERIAL TOPICS
102-42, 102-46, 102-47, 103-1
Addressing what’s important to our stakeholders and our business is an opportunity for us to strengthen our Bank, improve
the way we do businesses, and create sustainable value. In 2018, we conducted a materiality assessment to identify
and prioritize China Bank’s material sustainability topics. We engaged an external consultant, Philippine Business for the
Environment (PBE), to provide additional rigor and analysis to the process.
1 2 3 4
BENCHMARKING IDENTIFICATION PRIORITIZATION VALIDATION
Our approach to sustainability is shaped by our engagement with stakeholders. Through dialogues, meetings, surveys, and
correspondences, we endeavor to understand our stakeholders’ concerns and expectations so we can align them with our
strategic objectives and initiatives.
Our stakeholders How we engage them and how often What matters to them What we are doing
Customers • Daily customer interactions: face-to-face • Service quality • Continuous service, process, and
with personnel at branches; via e-mail, technology improvements
• Reliability and security of electronic
telephone, and social media channels
banking channels • Ongoing branch and ATM network
• Annual customer satisfaction survey expansion
• Accessibility of branches
• Regular visits to select customers • Ongoing capacity building: hiring
• Easy account opening/loan application people with the right qualifications,
• Year-round events: market outlook requirements and processes competencies, and attitude and further
briefings, wealth forums, etc.
• Sound financial advice developing their skills through training
• Capable personnel to efficiently address
concerns
• Fast complaints resolution
Stockholders/ • Regular investor briefings and one-on-one • Shareholder returns • Timely and transparent updates and
Investors meetings disclosures
• Financial performance
• Periodic roadshows with Investor Relations • Continuous fiscal management and risk
• Continued growth, managed risks management improvement to enhance
• Annual stockholders’ meeting profitability and deliver dividends
• Accurate and timely disclosures
Analysts • Regular correspondence via letters and • Updates on the performance of the Bank • Timely and transparent disclosures
email
• Transparency
• Periodic roadshows with Investor
Relations
• Periodic one-on-one dialogues
Employees • Regular face-to-face meetings, trainings, • Career development • Continuous implementation and
and digital interactions through email, enhancement of employee recruitment,
• Equitable compensation
Intranet, and e-Learning Portal development, and engagement programs
• Work-life balance
• Regular conduct of Work-life Integration, • Cascade of Wildly Important Goals (WIGs)
Team Effectiveness, and Personal Social • Understanding of organizational goals
Responsibility programs
• Monthly area meetings
• Annual National Convention
• Annual performance evaluation
Regulators • Regular correspondence via letters and • Transparency and accountability • Prompt response to inquiries and requests
email for explanation on certain matters
• Compliance with relevant Philippine laws,
• Regular audits rules, and regulations • Timely and transparent disclosures and
• Responsible lending regulatory compliance reports
• Annual BSP examination • Cascade of policies and regular updates
• Ethics and compliance
• Annual conduct of internal and external audits
Suppliers and • Accreditation • Procurement policies • Cascade of policies and regular updates
contractors
• Regular correspondence via letters and
email
• Regular dialogues during the procurement
process
Industry groups • Membership • Continuing membership • Active membership
• Periodic general membership meetings, • Discussion of industry trends, updates, • Attendance in meetings, conferences, and
working committee meetings, common concerns, and advocacy fellowship activities
conferences, and fellowship activities
• Adoption of new rules and regulations • Participation in meetings with key policy
decision makers
• Collaboration
• Participation in socio-civic projects
NGOs and • Regular correspondence via letters and • Support for projects and initiatives • Participation in and support of worthy
charitable email causes
• Collaboration
institutions
• Periodic partnerships/sponsorships • Continuous enhancement of community
• Feedback on activities conducted relations
• Post-event feedback
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 19
CHINA BANK
AS ENABLER
SDGs
1
Target 1.4
17 Equal rights to economic
2 resources
16
3
Target 3.8
15 Financial risk protection
Target 7.1
4 Access to energy
14
Target 8.10
Access to banking,
5 insurance, and financial
13
services for all
Target 9.3
12 6
Access to affordable
credit
Target 11.1
11 7 Affordable housing for all
10
8 Target 11.2
9
Access to sustainable
transport
Target 13.A
Climate change
mitigation
20 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Enabling our
customers’ success
Driven by our mission to be a
catalyst of wealth creation, we
embrace our role as an enabler
of our customers’ success. In
2018, we focused on building
our capabilities, enhancing
our distribution channels, and
improving our offerings and
processes around our customers’
needs to help them succeed
financially and ultimately, to help
raise the quality of life in the
country.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 21
22 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ENABLER
620
branches
966 ATMs
banking apps:
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 23
Photo on left: CMS Mindanao Sales Officer John Carlo
Bacong, Travie’s Store owner Analyn Yuting, and Butuan
City Branch Head Sheelah Kho. Photos on right: Crossing
the river to Las Nieves and the boat dock.
24 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ENABLER
US$3.2 B remittances
up 11%
New customers are automatically enrolled in China Bank Online so they
can enjoy convenient and secure access to their accounts using their
computer or smart phone. We were among the first banks to implement
PesoNet in November 2017 and InstaPay in May 2018, the electronic fund
transfer service under the National Retail Payment System (NRPS) that
28
international remittance
allows customers to transfer funds directly to accounts of participating partners with branches
BSP-supervised banks and non-bank e-money issuers in the Philippines. worldwide
These initiatives led to the 18% increase in the usage of our electronic
banking channels, supporting NRPS’ aim to increase digital transactions
5
to 20% by 2020.
domestic payout
partners with
8,500
branches nationwide
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 25
26 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ENABLER
Financing dreams
203-2
We actively lent to businesses of all sizes, and recognizing that our lending
decisions have an impact on sustainability, we carefully considered the
purpose for which the loans were used.
China Bank’s Chairman Hans Sy and COO Romeo Uyan Jr. (seated 2nd from right and
rightmost, respectively), IFC’s Regional Director Vivek Pathak and CEO Phillippe Le Houerou
(seated leftmost and 2nd from left , respectively), and the China Bank Green Bond working
team during the agreement signing on October 19, 2018.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 27
Our business loans increased 11% to a total of P437 billion. Loans to
corporates grew 18% to P342 billion, loans to the commercial and SME
segments declined 9% to P84 billion, and loans to developers rose 6%
to P11 billion. The loans helped finance the development of sustainable
communities, the modernization of transportation, the expansion of the
food and agriculture industry, and more.
P342 B
corporate loans
P84 B
Commercial
and SME loans
P49 B 5,611
housing loans new homes
financed in 2018
Owning a home and vehicle is a dream for the everyday Filipino.
We continued to offer very competitive consumer loan rates and fast
processing to make it easy and affordable for more people to achieve this
dream. Our housing loans increased 23% to P49 billion, while auto loans
grew 10% to P21 billion. Majority of the loans were used by the borrowers
to purchase their very first residential property and vehicle. A small
percentage of the auto loans were used to buy vehicles for business use.
In 2018, we financed 5,611 new houses and 10,216 new vehicles.
P21 B 10,216
auto loans new vehicles
Through China Bank Savings (CBS), we provide personal loans to help financed in 2018
people with their short-term credit needs. In 2018, CBS’ personal loan
portfolio expanded 60% to P4.5 billion, P3.5 billion of which, or 79%,
was comprised of Easi-Automatic Payroll Deduction Salary (Easi-APDS)
loans. Easi-APDS loan is for the teaching and non-teaching employees of
the Department of Education, Technical Education and Skills Development
P3.5 B
loans to DepEd
teachers and
employees
28 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ENABLER
Easi-APDS Loan
for teachers
China Bank Savings partnered with
Manulife China Bank Life Assurance
Corporation (MCBLife) to offer a salary
loan with free life insurance coverage
for employees of the Department of
Education and its affiliated agencies—a
first in the industry. The Easi-APDS loan
helps borrowers with their short-term
credit needs while protecting their
families from uncertain financial burden.
China Bank Credit Cards provide everyday consumers the We conduct our lending activities in line with best practices
flexibility to afford their needs and the purchasing power to and international principles safeguarding the environment
accommodate their lifestyles. We switched to a new credit and human rights and promoting anti-corruption. We are
card system in 2018 for enhanced efficiencies and improved developing a framework for assessing possible environmental,
service moving forward. Outstanding loans rose 5% to P1.4 social, and governance (ESG) risks associated with lending
billion, while gross billings increased 6% to P5.5 billion. to business customers. Moving forward, we will continue
We expect to see significant improvement in the coming to improve our lending practices and processes to meet
years as the additional feature of the new card system are roll our customers’ needs and contribute more to a sustainable
out together with exciting promos. economy.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 29
Creating and protecting wealth
30 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ENABLER
Aside from traditional loans, we help both the private and public sectors
raise funds through the capital market. China Bank Capital and China Bank
Securities provide expert advice and execute debt and equity financing
arrangements to help companies beef up capital through the most cost-
effective mix of debt and equity. In 2018, China Bank Capital remained
number one in retail bond issues with 33% market share. Total transactions Best Bond Adviser
reached P325 billion in 2018, more than half or P172 billion went to SDG-
For the third year in a row, China Bank
contributing investments, particularly in infrastructure development,
Capital won as the Best Bond Adviser
electrification, and water and sanitation systems. in the Philippines at The Asset Triple A
Country Awards 2018 in Hong Kong. It was
also recognized for its role in two award
winning transactions—the Bloomberry
China Bank Capital Resorts and Hotels P73.5 billion syndicated
term loan, one of the largest corporate
No. 1 in peso retail bond issues syndications ever arranged in the
Philippine debt market, awarded as the
Participated in 30 debt and equity transactions Best Syndicated Loan in the country; and
of 22 companies that belong to the top 1,000 the Ayala Land P10 billion retail bonds
Philippine corporations issue, the first-ever corporate bond with
a repricing structure during the life of the
bond, cited as the Most Innovative Deal.
P325 B
10% November 2015. In just three years, it
water and has made its mark in the capital markets,
sanitation becoming the top choice of issuers.
worth of issues systems The award from The Asset follows the
and transactions accolades it received from FinanceAsia
10% as the Best Debt Capital Markets House
electrification in the Philippines, from Global Banking
47% and Finance Review as the Best Bank for
refinancing and Debt Capital Markets, from the Philippine
general financing Dealing System as the Top Corporate Issue
Manager/Arranger, and from the Investment
House Association of the Philippines as the
33% Best Fixed Income House.
infrastructure
development
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 31
As our customers accumulate wealth, we help them preserve and grow
it and secure their financial future with a range of investment solutions to
suit their individual risk appetite and investment goals. We aim to deliver
superior long-term returns, leveraging the expertise of our seasoned team
of investment professionals and broad access to market information.
We provide our high net worth customers with customized solutions and
personalized service to manage, enhance, and preserve their wealth. In
2018, Wealth Management Group’s (WMG) assets under management
increased 25% to P106 billion. Private banking accounts rose 7% to 3,432.
P106 B
WMG assets under
3,432
accounts Best Managed Funds
management up 7%
up 25% China Bank was again recognized by the
Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) Society
Philippines, distinguishing two of our Unit
We offer our individual and business customers the advantage of having Investment Trust Funds (UITFs)—China
a competent trustee to manage their investment portfolio, estate, and Bank Dollar Fund and China Bank Balanced
retirement funds, as well as the benefit of having a reliable escrow agent Fund—as the Best Managed Fund in
their respective categories among the
for business transactions involving large sums of money. In 2018, Trust and
82 participating funds and 16 investment
Asset Management Group’s (TAMG) assets under management reached houses and trust institutions.
P134 billion, moving China Bank to the number five spot from number six
out of 44 trust institutions. The awards affirm our commitment to
provide the best returns to investors. This is
P134 B 19,843
the third consecutive year that China Bank
Dollar Fund was awarded Best Managed
TAMG assets accounts Fund in the Long Term (Dollar FVPL)
under management, category, and the first time for China Bank
up 19% Balanced Fund to win Best Managed Fund
up 2% in the Balanced (Peso) category.
As a Government Securities Eligible Dealer (GSED), a registered broker- China Bank offers a total of ten UITFs for
dealer of fixed income securities with the Securities and Exchange a minimum investment of P10,000 for the
Commission, and a brokering participant in the Fixed Income Trading peso-denominated variants, US$1,000 for
Platform of the Philippine Dealing and Exchange Corporation, we offer China Bank Dollar Fund, and US$500 for
access to direct investments in government securities issued by the China Bank Dollar Money Market Fund.
Bureau of Treasury and to highly-rated bonds of various maturities issued
by prime Philippine corporations. Treasury Group’s trading volume in 2018
reached P82 billion, with 9,335 deals, representing 11% of total market
trades. Out of 31 broker participants, China Bank ranks second in the
number of trades and fourth in fixed income trading volume.
P82 B 9,335
deals
trading volume
No. 4 No. 2
in the industry in the industry
32 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ENABLER
Best combination of
MCBLife investment and insurance
98,499
Insurance policies
P89 M
Insurance claims paid
Insurance and wealth products go hand-in-
hand to provide customers the protection
they need to grow their investments
through professionally-managed funds.
up 39% up 12%
In June 2018, MCBLife China Bank Dollar
Fixed Income Variable Unit-linked (VUL)
Fund was launched.
CIBI
A VUL insurance is a financial product
62,036
Insurance policies
P132 M
Insurance claims paid
that combines insurance coverage and
investment yields. The policy value is
“linked” to the investment funds; thus,
it is reflective of the fund’s investment
up 38% up 37% performance. It presents earning
potential that may not be offered in a
traditional life insurance policy. Like a
mutual fund investment, a VUL insurance
provides the benefits of diversification
as it allows customers to invest in fixed
income securities or bonds issued by the
Philippine government, as well as full-
time professional fund management. The
MCBLife China Bank Dollar Fixed Income
VUL Fund is available as an option for any
MCBLife Single Premium VUL product.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 33
CHINA BANK
AS ADVOCATE
SDG
16 17 1 Target 16.6
2 Effective, accountable,
and transparent
institution
15 3
14 4
13 5
12 6
11 7
10 8
9
34 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Delighting
and engaging
our customers
Customer advocacy is the
foundation of our Customer
Service and Consumer Protection
frameworks. We work hard to
make our customers happy
and engage them to know what
they need, how we can help
them, and how we can create
great customer experiences. By
advocating for our customers,
we earn their loyalty and enjoy
the reward of mutual advocacy.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 35
Customer satisfaction
Maintaining high customer satisfaction levels takes
continuous team effort. We have dedicated teams, systems,
and programs in place to understand the expectations and
requirements of our customers, measure how well we are
satisfying these expectations and requirements, and develop
service and product standards based on the findings.
99% - Deposit/Withdrawal
Branch premises
93%
95%
95%
96%
Satisfaction Rating
ATM services 96% 96%
Security guards 96% 97%
36 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ADVOCATE
Customer support
Others
We are eager to assist our customers, providing them with Complaint 12%
convenient ways to reach us with their banking concerns. Our 5%
Customer Contact Center (CCC) manages our 24/7 customer
service platforms: customer support hotline
(88-55-888), email, social media, Website Support Center, and
China Bank Online’s messaging option. All communications 2018
are recorded and handled according to our set guidelines and Client Inquiry
standards to ensure privacy and rapid action. Request Interactions 53%
30%
In 2018, CCC received over 200,000 inquiries, requests,
follow-ups, suggestions, commendations, and complaints
across our customer service platforms, 14% higher compared
to 2017. Inquiries and requests continued to be the bulk of
CCC’s customer interactions, accounting for 83%. Follow-
ups, suggestions and commendations from customers and
general inquiry and feedback from non-customers (others) 5% 17% 78%
increased to 12%, while complaints remained steady at 5%.
Credit Cards Electronic banking
We view customer complaints as opportunities to improve The share of electronic banking-related complaints vis-à-
our services. We are committed to resolve complaints to vis the total increased to 78%, while the share of credit
our customers’ satisfaction, within the turnaround time set card-related, complaints and other matters shrunk to 17%.
by the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP), and in line with our Complaints on deposits, branch banking, and other concerns
Consumer Protection Framework. accounted for only 5%.
Our consumer protection risk management system ensures For electronic banking, most of the complaints were ATM-
that CCC, our designated Consumer Assistance Office, is on related. Complaints on internet banking, mobile banking
top of all customer concerns and reports material complaints app, phone banking, and point-of-sale only made up a small
to the Risk Management Group and the Board. percentage.
In 2018, we received, processed, and resolved over 10,800 For credit cards, declined transactions, billing statement
complaints, up 29%. Majority of the reported concerns delivery, and transaction disputes were the top concerns.
pertained to electronic banking and credit cards, in line with Overall, the number of credit card complaints dropped 6%.
the significant increase in the number of our ATM and credit
cardholders. We understand our customers’ demand for quick resolution.
Our centralized complaints management program enables
us to facilitate successful coordination among teams to
investigate the root cause of issues, identify resolutions, and
97% Winner:
2018 Pagtugon
develop action plans. In 2018, 97% of the complaints were
resolved within BSP’s standard turn-around time. This is a 3%
Complaints resolved improvement from the previous year’s 94%. We received the
within TAT set by BSP Award 2018 Pagtugon Award for Universal and Commercial Banks
from BSP in recognition of our outstanding performance in
responding to customer concerns.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 37
Cyber security
We provide a safe and secure banking environment for our
customers. We have technologies, policies, and protective
mechanisms in place to guard our IT network and digital
channels against cyber attacks. In the last five years, we
have not had any major breach.
• Up-to-date technology and stringent control processes
are in place for detecting, preventing, monitoring (24/7),
and immediately responding to attacks and attempts to
invade our infrastructure
• Security tools and protocols are regularly monitored
and upgraded to conform with the strictest security and
reliability standards
• EMV compliant since 2017
• One-Time password (OTP) feature for China Bank Online
and China Bank Mobile App
• External and internal campaigns on fraud and cybercrime
are conducted to raise awareness among customers and
employees of the ongoing threats • Access to systems and resources are managed
efficiently, following the changes necessary to maintain
security for accessing and changing systems and
Data privacy information
• Contracts entered into by China Bank and third parties
We are committed to protect our customers’ confidential include confidentiality clauses that must be followed
information. As a general policy, customer’s information by service providers; regular monitoring of the supplier
cannot be shared with a third party unless there is a written environment is conducted to identify and correct possible
consent of the customer, or in cases where disclosure is vulnerabilities
required (Anti-Money Laundering Law, Credit Information • Employees receive continuous trainings on information
System Act, court order, BSP examination). We regularly security, data privacy, and fraud prevention
review and update our Information Security Policy to ensure • Clients are duly informed of their rights to privacy and
our strict compliance with applicable laws and regulations. the way in which their personal information is handled
24/7 CUSTOMER SUPPORT (Press “0” to speak to a phone banker) (+632) 88-55-888 / (+632) 8885-5888* Metro Manila
Toll-free numbers: 001-800-1-888-5888 Hong Kong / Singapore / Korea / Thailand
1800-1888-5-888 (PLDT) Provinces 00-800-1-888-5888 Italy/China
011-800-1-888-5888 USA/Canada
0011-800-1-888-5888 Australia
010-800-1-888-5888: 0061010-800-1-888-5888 (mobile phone/pay phone) Japan
38 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS ADVOCATE
Communications
Communication is a vital tool to strengthen our brand
value and connect with customers. We are committed to
providing clear, accurate, truthful, and accessible information
not only to promote China Bank, but more importantly,
to encourage saving and how to fully benefit from our
banking products and services, and to help customers make
informed financial decisions. We are continuously improving
our communications to engage our customers across all
media and platforms.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 39
CHINA BANK
AS EMPLOYER
SDGs
17 1
Target 5.5
16 2 Equal leadership
opportunities for women
15 3
Target 8.5
Full and protective
4 employment and equal
14 pay for work of equal
value
13 5 Target 8.8
Labor rights and safe
and secure working
environments
12 6
11 7
10
9
8
40 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Engaging our people
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 41
42 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS EMPLOYER
BREAKDOWN BY REGION
2017 2018
Luzon 7,694 84% 8,092 84%
Visayas 904 10% 982 10%
Mindanao 526 6% 578 6%
9,652
total workforce
1,943
new employees
BREAKDOWN BY STATUS
2017 2018
*China Bank, China Bank Savings, China Bank PCCI, Chinabank Insurance Brokers, China Bank Capital, China Bank Securities
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 43
Remuneration In 2018, 11% or a total of 1,084 employees were promoted.
As we continue to deepen our leadership bench, 156 of
102-41, 401-2 the promoted rank and file employees moved up to officer
position.
Our Remuneration System is anchored on the principle
of fair, transparent, and performance-based reward. Our PROMOTION
general remuneration policy is to provide fair and competitive 2017 2018
salary and benefits to employees commensurate with Promoted rank & file 649 467
their experience, responsibilities, job grade/corporate rank
Promoted Officers 425 617
and position. We also benchmark against the executive
compensation for the same positions in comparable Total 1,074 1,084
organizations (similar size, organizational structure,
business risk, and management complexity). Tied to this is
a competency-based Performance Management System
that calls for the alignment of individual key results, Learning and
competencies, and development plans with China Bank’s
overall business targets and strategy. Performance is development
reviewed annually and employees are rewarded based on 404-1
their performance.
We advocate continuous learning and up-skilling to develop
In line with our 2017-2020 collective bargaining agreement China Bankers to their full potential. Through the China Bank
(CBA)* with the CBC Employees’ Association, 59% or 4,055 Academy, we provide a host of training programs, including
rank and file employees are covered by the CBA in 2018. orientation for new employees and development programs
for rank and file, junior officers, branch heads, marketing
CBA*
staff, and technical staff. We also provide learning content
2017 2018 and training through our e-learning platform (Anti-Money
Employees covered 3,993 4,055 Laundering, Risk and Information Security, among others).
Percentage of We use a range of learning and development approaches,
employees covered 61% 59% including on-the-job learning, mentoring and coaching, digital
*For parent bank only learning, and classroom training/ workshop.
404-2
TRAINING HOURS
We take great care in continuously motivating our employees 2017 2018
and ensuring that we have a pool of potential successors Total number of training
221,487 636,111
for our future leadership needs. We implement individual hours
career development plans, provide many opportunities for Average number of training
career advancement, and conduct periodic reviews of the 24.28 65.90
hours/employee
talent pipeline to identify current gaps and manage our
future workforce requirement. We look after our employees’
career progression, guided by our Performance Management
System and Succession Management Program to fairly and *Not on a one name, one count basis
objectively identify China Bankers for leadership roles.
44 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS EMPLOYER
Engagement and
retention
401-1
182,780
Male All our human resources policies, strategies, and programs
are aimed at attracting, motivating, and retaining the best
TRAINING
HOURS BY China Bankers. We endeavor to keep our valued employees
GENDER and keep them engaged by making working at China
2018 Bank a financially rewarding, intellectually challenging,
453,331
Female and emotionally satisfying experience. We equip our
line supervisors and managers with stronger people
management skills to build healthy and collaborative
employee-manager relationships. We promote excellence
and raise employee morale through our various rewards
and recognition programs. We encourage open
13,710 communication and proactively listen to understand what
Senior Mgt. matters to employees. We support work-life integration
to help our employees lead happy and productive lives at
work and at home.
177,783
Middle Mgt. We registered an attrition rate of 15% and a retention rate
of 85% in 2018. As more than half our workforce is under
TRAINING
HOURS BY 30 years old, this age group accounted for the bulk of the
RANK 2018 separations.
Over 50
In 2018, we conducted the annual fire and earthquake drills
and annual physical exam at our offices and branches. We 6%
also stepped up our health and wellness campaigns to
encourage employees to appropriately care for their health.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 45
Engagement and Team
Effectiveness programs
Constant and consistent employee engagement is
paramount to fostering a great culture where employees
feel valued and they value and take pride in the company
they work for. Below are our flagship programs to promote
employee engagement and collaboration, enabling us to
gauge genuine employee sentiment, and get feedback and
insights which we, in turn, use for China Bank’s continuous
improvement.
SharePoint Café*
Officers, regardless of their rank and
tenure in the Bank, are randomly
relationships with peers and superiors,
selected to contribute their thoughts on
etc., and to know their level of satisfaction
overall employee experience. Using the
or dissatisfaction with our onboarding
World Café method, the participants are
program.
encouraged to speak with their mind
and heart and to play, draw, and doodle
to express their level of satisfaction or
Exit Interview*
We value feedback from China Bankers,
dissatisfaction with China Bank.
both those who stay and those who
leave, as it helps us identify opportunities
Voice Avenue*
to improve engagement and retention.
The program is literally an avenue for
We conduct exit interviews to assess
rank and file employees to voice their
the overall experience of and the
thoughts and opinions on what would
likelihood that departing employees will
keep them engaged and make them
recommend China Bank to their friends and
stay, enabling us to assess current
acquaintances as a good place to work.
employees’ disposition and perception
about their job and the Bank.
Team Effectiveness Program**
This program aims to improve
Third Phase Questionnaire*
interpersonal relationship and promote
We have a full onboarding program
team cohesiveness to increase employee
to familiarize new employees and
engagement and boost team performance.
help them adjust to their new
The Team Effectiveness involves Team and
working environment. This follow-up
Leadership Assessments, Action Planning,
mechanism, given on the third month
Roadmap Implementation, and Program
from hiring date, enables us to check
Evaluation. Interventions are designed
how well new employees have adjusted
based on the identified priority area of the
with regard to their work, training,
team to improve overall effectiveness.
46 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS EMPLOYER
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 47
HOBBY
48 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS EMPLOYER
SPORTS
Daily Dimsum
An easy Dimsum-making workshop
wherein China Bankers learned how
to make delicious siomai, siopao,
hargaw, buchi, and fried rice toppings.
Basic Baking
Amateur bakers learned how to bake
gift-worthy and easy to sell desserts
like butterscotch bars, choco chip
cupcake, cream puffs, and sponge
cake.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 49
CHINA BANK
AS PARTNER
SDGs
1
Target 1.4
17 Equal rights to economic
2
resources
16
Target 4.6
15 3 Literacy and numeracy
4
14
13 5
12 6
11 7
10 8
9
50 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Working for a better
tomorrow, today
Addressing sustainability
challenges is an enormous task
that no institution or government
can do alone. We are committed
to do our part to help drive the
Philippines’ economic growth,
to protect the environment, to
promote financial awareness
and inclusion, and to support
the vulnerable members of our
society. We are an eager partner
for sustainability, working with
and for our stakeholders to
create a better tomorrow for
everyone.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 51
Distributing value created
201-1
China Bank is driven to create value knowing that it will be distributed in ways that are meaningful
and relevant to our stakeholders. In 2018, we generated P29.11 billion in direct economic value,
retaining P5.89 billion to fund our continued operations and growth and distributing P23.22 billion for
the benefit of the people and the communities where we operate.
P29.11 billion
GENERATED
P23.22 billion
DISTRIBUTED
P5.89 billion
RETAINED
2017 2018
Direct economic value generated P 25,364.933 P 29,108.660
Direct economic value distributed 21,819.079 23,221.853
To customers & shareholders 4,368.456 2,894.551
To employees 5,695.612 6,127.740
To government 3,919.443 4,951.075
To suppliers 7,835.569 9,248.487
Economic value retained P 3,545.854 P 5,886.807
52 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS PARTNER
We are conscious of our responsibility to protect the world we live in. We mobilize funds for climate-
smart initiatives, support environmentally-focused programs, and monitor the impact of our operations
on the environment. In 2018, our energy and fuel consumption dropped 2% and 9%, respectively. We
resolve to go greener in the coming years to keep our ecological footprint as small as possible.
2%
decrease
9%
decrease
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 53
Plastic reduction campaign
We believe that individual actions can add up to a powerful
collective impact. In 2018, our Human Resources Group
launched a #PlasticFreeStartsWithMe campaign to encourage
our employees to do away with single use plastics.
19,250
bags, straws, and wrappers; and a “Plastic Pollution to Solution
Challenge” wherein prizes were given to the employee and
group of employees who made the most number of eco bricks.
At the end of the challenge, China Bankers upcycled over 19,000 upcycled
worth of plastic bags into eco bricks that were turned over to
The Plastic Solution, an environmental initiative that aims to
encourage individuals and businesses to upcycle plastics as
a different approach to waste management. The ecobricks
are used to build environmentally sustainable infrastructure in
various communities and remove plastic from the biosphere.
54 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS PARTNER
We are committed to be a good corporate citizen and to do good for the communities where we
operate. In 2018, the focus of China Bank and China Bank Savings’ (CBS) Corporate Social Responsibility
efforts continued to be education, nutrition, and social development. We partnered with our employees
and various organizations for our nationwide campaign to make a difference.
EDUCATION
China Bank Financial Awareness Roadshow for Students - A private sector stakeholders to promote financial inclusion, raise
series of financial literacy seminars launched in August 2018 to financial literacy to higher levels, and increase the number of
empower students, particularly those who are taking up courses Filipinos in the formal banking system. Launched in August 2018,
that could lead to overseas employment or whose parents are the CBS Financial Wellness Road Show brought the message
OFWs, with the financial know-how to secure their future. The “Charting the Course of Your Financial Life” to public school
campaign focused on practical money management—budgeting, administrators, faculty and non-teaching staff in 12 Department
saving, and investing. It covered 11 provinces and 25 schools, of Education regions, including the Visayas and Mindanao.
and benefitted 7,174 students.
Project RED / RAISE for the Education/Empowerment of
CBS DepEdVenture 2.0 | Alay sa mga Guro – A region-wide Dumagats – A grassroots advocacy of CBS in tandem with
financial wellness meet and World Teachers Day tribute for over volunteer teachers of the AGAP Buhay program, which provides
500 administrators, faculty and staff of public elementary and access to education and vocational training for children and
high schools in the provinces of Bataan, Bulacan, Pampanga, adults in the hinterland villages of Tanay, Rizal. The rate of
Tarlac, Zambales and Nueva Ecija. The event held in October illiteracy among the Dumagat people remains a high 60%.
2018 in San Fernando, Pampanga is the highlight of the Project RED marked its first year in November 2018 with the
nationwide CBS Financial Wellness Road Show and takes off establishment of a reading library for the Remontado Dumagat,
from the similar event held in Manila in 2017. Takeaways from the indigenous people living in the mountainous boundary of
the seminar were practical skill sets for making smart financial Rizal and Quezon provinces. The collection of books, journals,
decisions, conserving family assets, and preparing for worry- and encyclopedia, weighing close to a ton, occupies a place of
free retirement. The half-day event included fun activities and pride in the community hall in a remote sitio of Laiban, a village
entertainment numbers to reinforce lessons from the financial of Tanay, Rizal some 87 kilometers east of Makati City. There
wellness seminar. are plans to expand Project RED to enable children to make
excursions to the city as part of their education program and for
CBS Financial Wellness Road Show - This nationwide advocacy Bank employees to visit the Dumagats to learn their lore, as well
is a response to the call by the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas for as provide volunteer labor in community building projects.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 55
NUTRITION
Healthy Diet, Habit for Life project – An annual school feeding
project under the Nutrition Month campaign which provides free
complete, hot meals over a three-week period for pupils from the
poorest, most vulnerable families. In 2018, CBS covered three
Metro Manila public elementary schools and fed 75 pupils. The
program results indicated a marked weight gain of the feeding
program beneficiaries.
56 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS PARTNER
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 57
CHINA BANK
AS STEWARD
SDGs
16 17 1 Target 12.6
Sustainable practices
2
Target 16.5
15 3 Reduction bribery and
corruption
4 Target 16.6
14
Effective, accountable,
and transparent
institutions
13 5
6
12
11 7
10 8
9
58 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Doing it right
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 59
Developments in 2018
102-12, 102-17
• Enhanced the Board Committee Charters, Board Self- • Best Bank Governance Philippines award - Capital
Assessment Forms, RPT Framework and Policy, Insider Finance International (U.K.)
Trading Policy, and Retirement Policy for Directors • Best Corporate Governance Bank (Philippines 2018)
• Consolidated and codified the salient provisions of the award - Global Banking & Finance Review (U.K.)
Corporate Governance Manual into a Code of Ethics for
Directors
Governance principles
Fairness
Fairness Accountability Integrity Transparency
We treat our shareholders
We treat our shareholders We are accountable and We adhere to a moral code of We are truthful and
fairly and equitably – whether
fairly and equitably – whether responsible for our actions honesty and professionalism forthcoming, ensuring
minority or majority, local
minority or majority, local and performance and commit in our thoughts, words, and the accurate and timely
or foreign. We balance our
or foreign. We balance our to uphold the law, behave actions. disclosure of and easy access
profit motive with ensuring
profit motive with ensuring ethically, and protect the to all material matters, such
that the investment of all
that the investment of all resources entrusted in our as the financial condition,
shareholders
shareholders care. performance, ownership,
is protected.
is protected. and governance of the
corporation.
60 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
Age
The Board of Directors is at the core of our Corporate
50 to 64 y.o: 4
Governance Structure. Guided by our governance principles,
the Board sets the tone for and leads the practice of ethical 65 to 80 y.o: 5
and responsible business conduct, guides our overall Over 80 y.o: 2
corporate philosophy and direction, and champions a “beyond 1 2 3 4 5
• Corporate governance
• Risk management Professional background
• Internal control
• Consumer protection With banking for
finance experience
With management
and/or business
administration experience
With background or
training in anti-money 0% 50% 100%
laundering and credit
transactions
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 61
Lead Independent Directors Independent Directors Executive Directors Non-Executive Directors
• Has sufficient authority to • Holds no interests or • Has executive responsibility • Has no executive responsibility
lead the Board in cases where relationships with China Bank, of day-to-day operations of and does not perform any
management has clear conflict the controlling shareholders, a part or the whole of the work related to the operations
of interest. or the Management organization of the corporation.
• Serves as an intermediary that would influence his • Provides objective judgment
between the Chairman and decisions or interfere with independent of management.
the other directors when his exercise of independent • Challenges and monitors
necessary judgment, among others. management's delivery of
• Also a non-executive director • Also a non-executive director strategy within the risk and
• Convenes and chairs meeting • Provides objective judgment governance structure agreed
of the independent directors independent of management by the board
and/or non-executive directors • Oversees management • Has oversight responsibility
without the presence of the performance, including for the Bank's internal control
executive directors prevention of conflict of and effectiveness of the risk
interest and to balance management system
competing demands of the
corporation
Nomination process
Shareholders on
record nominate The Nominations
candidates by Committee
submitting the reviews and
nomination form to evaluates the The shareholders
any member of the qualifications of The full Board elect the The Monetary
Nomination the candidates in confirms the directors during Board confirms
Committee, the line with the fit candidates’ the Annual the election
Corporate nomination Stockholders’ of the directors
and proper standards
Governance Meeting
as prescribed in the
Committee, or the
Corporate Secretary Manual of
within the Regulations for
prescribed date Banks (MORB)
62 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 63
Rating Description The directors are expected to actively participate on
matters taken up in Board meetings, and to act judiciously,
0 Poor – Leading practice or principle is not adopted in the
company’s Manual of Corporate Governance in good faith, and in the best interest of China Bank and
1 Needs Improvement – Leading practice or principle is our shareholders. Directors who may not be physically
adopted in the Manual but compliance has not yet been present may participate via telephone or video conferencing.
made
2-3 Fair – Leading practice or principle is adopted in the
To ensure sound and objective decision making, board
Manual and compliance has been made but with major papers are provided to the directors five days before
deviation(s) or incompleteness the meeting. The directors also have access to senior
4 Good – Leading practice or principle is adopted in the management, external consultants and advisors, and
Manual and compliance has been made but with minor
deviation(s) or incompleteness the Corporate Secretary. Our Corporate Secretary, Atty.
5 Excellent – Leading practice or principle is adopted in Corazon I. Morando, is responsible for ensuring that the
the Manual and full compliance with the same has been Board procedures and applicable rules and regulations, are
made
observed.
The 2018 self-assessment results show that there are no
significant deviations and in general, the Bank has fully In 2018, the China Bank Board had 19 meetings, including
complied with the provisions and requirements of the the organizational meeting.
Corporate Governance Manual. The assessment is validated
every three years by an external facilitator. Director Attendance %
Hans T. Sy (Chairman) 14 74
Board remuneration Gilbert U. Dee (Vice Chairman) 18 95
William C. Whang 19 100
Peter S. Dee 16 84
China Bank Directors are entitled to a per diem of P500.00 Joaquin T. Dee 18 95
for attendance at each Board/Board Committee meeting Herbert T. Sy 14 74
and to 4% of the Bank’s net earnings. Executive directors Harley T. Sy 19 100
receive performance-related compensation based on their Alberto S. Yao 19 100
performance, banking experience, position, and rank in Roberto F. Kuana 14 93
the Bank, while non-executive directors do not receive any Jose T. Sio 17 89
performance-related compensation. The remuneration policy Margarita L. San Juan 18 95
Philip S.L. Tsaib 2 100
for employees (staff to senior officers) is on page 44. a
from January 2018 until his passing on September 15, 2018
b
from his election effective November 7, 2018
Board meetings
64 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
The members of the different committees are appointed Corporate Governance Committee
by the Board at the annual organizational meeting, taking Primary function:
into account the optimal mix of skills and experience of the • Assists the Board in fulfilling its corporate governance
members. responsibilities by ensuring compliance with and proper
observance of corporate governance laws, rules,
Executive Committee (ExCom) principles, and best practices, including the conduct of
Primary function: the board assessment.
• Has the powers of the Board, when the Board is not in
session, in the management of the business and affairs Composition:
of China Bank to the fullest extent permitted under • Composed entirely of independent directors
Philippine law • The collective skills and experience include governance,
finance, risk, and management
Composition:
• Chaired by the Chairman of the Board who is a non- Number of meetings in 2018: 28, including joint meetings
executive director with the following: Compliance Committee – 11 and
• Three non-executive directors and two executive Nominations Committee – 17
directors
• The collective skills and experience include governance, Director Attendance %
finance, credit, management, and operations; more than Roberto F. Kuan (Chairman)a 17 89
half have banking experience Alberto S. Yao 26 93
Margarita L. San Juan 27 96
Number of meetings in 2018: 40, including 1 joint meeting Philip S.L. Tsaib 1 100
with the Risk Oversight Committee
a
Director Roberto F. Kuan (†) attended 17 out of 19 meetings
b
Chairman from December 5, 2018; attended 1 out of 1 joint meeting of
Compliance and Corporate Governance committees
Director Attendance %
Hans T. Sy (Chairman) 36 90 Audit Committee
Gilbert U. Dee 40 100 Primary function:
Peter S. Dee 32 80 • Oversees all matters pertaining to audit – the Bank’s
Joaquin T. Dee 40 100
internal audit function and performance, the integrity
William C. Whang 40 100
of the Bank’s financial statements, and the Bank’s
accounting processes in general, financial reporting and
control and internal and external audit functions
• Oversees the senior management’s activities in
establishing and maintaining an adequate, effective, and
efficient internal control framework
• Ensures that systems and processes are designed
to provide assurance in areas including reporting,
monitoring compliance with laws, regulations and
internal policies, efficiency and effectiveness of
operations, and safeguarding of assets.
• Responsible for the approval of appointment or removal
of Chief Audit Executive.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 65
Composition: • Oversees the system of limits to discretionary authority
• 2/3 of the members are independent directors, including that the board delegates to management, ensures
the Chairman that the system remains effective, that the limits are
• The collective skills and experience include governance, observed, and that immediate corrective actions are
accounting, audit, and management taken whenever limits are breached
Director Attendance %
Compliance Committee Margarita L. San Juan (Chairman) 11 92
Primary function: Hans T. Sy 9 75
• Monitors compliance with existing banking laws, rules, Alberto S. Yao 12 100
and regulations, specifically in creating a dynamic and
responsive compliance risk management system to Nominations Committee
identify and mitigate risks that may erode the franchise Primary function:
value of the Bank • Reviews and evaluates the qualifications of all persons
• Ensures that Management is doing business in nominated to the Board and other appointments that
accordance with existing laws, policies, and procedures, require Board approval, including promotions endorsed
as well as best practices by the Promotions Review Committee, to ensure the
candidates’ qualities and/or skills are appropriate for
Composition: leading and assisting the Bank in achieving its vision and
• Composed entirely of non-executive directors corporate goals
• The collective skills and experience include governance,
accounting, audit, and management Composition:
• Composed entirely of independent directors
Number of meetings in 2018: 12, including 11 joint meetings • The collective skills and experience include governance,
with the Corporate Governance Committee finance, credit, risk, and management
Director Attendance %
Number of meetings in 2018: 17 meetings jointly with the
Hans T. Sy (Chairman) 11 92
Joaquin T. Dee 12 100 Corporate Governance Committee
Alberto S. Yao 11 92
Director Attendance %
Risk Oversight Committee Roberto F. Kuan (Chairman)a 11 92
Primary function: Alberto S. Yao 16 94
• Oversees the enterprise risk management system to Margarita L. San Juan 16 94
Philip S.L. Tsaib - -
ensure its functionality and effectiveness
a
Director Roberto F. Kuan (†) attended 11 out of 12 meetings
b
Member from December 5, 2018
66 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 67
Organizational chart
102-18
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
BOARD COMMITTEES
OFFICE OF THE
VICE CHAIRMAN TRUST & ASSET RISK COMPLIANCE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES Gilbert U. Dee AUDIT
MANAGEMENT DIVISION MANAGEMENT DIVISION
OF CBC GROUP GROUP Aileen Paulette
RETIREMENT Mary Ann T. Lim Marilyn G. Yuchenkang Ananias S. Cornelio III S. de Jesus
PRESIDENT
William C. Whang
CREDIT MANAGEMENT
COMMITTEE COMMITTEE
INFORMATION SECURITY
SECURITY OFFICE OFFICE
Hanz Irvin S. Yoro Nestor Jason V. Camba Jr. -OIC
CHIEF OPERATING
OFFICER
Romeo D. Uyan Jr.
OPERATIONS
COMMITTEE
Remittance Consumer Institutional CB Capital Treasury Wealth Centralized Credit Legal & Human Digital Investor &
& Credit Card Banking Banking Management Operations Management Collections Resources Banking Corporate
Business Business Relations
Renato K. Maria Rosanna Alexander C.
Lilibeth R. Cariño Lilian Yu Ryan Martin Benedict L. Chan Angela D. Cruz Delia Marquez Melissa F. Corpus Belenette C. Tan Catherine L. Testa
de Borja Jr. L. Tapia Escucha
CB Securities
Marisol M.
Teodoro
68 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
Conglomerate map
SM Retail Inc. SM
RETAIL 77% Hypermarket
CBC PROPERTIES AND COMPUTER
CENTER, INC. (CBC PCCI)
100%
SaveMore 100%
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 69
Internal Controls COMPLIANCE
70 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 71
In addition, to the rating models for corporate, commercial, Trust Risk
and consumer loans, the Board approved a Sovereign Risk We manage our trust risk in accordance with the Guidelines
Rating Model in 2016 to assess the strength of the country in Strengthening Corporate Governance and Risk
rated with reference to its economic fundamentals, fiscal Management Practices on Trust, Other Fiduciary Business,
policy, institutional strength, and vulnerability to extreme and Investment Management Activities (BSP Circular 766).
events. Our Trust Risk Management Guidelines covers all the risks
specific to our Trust business, including legal, strategic, and
Moody’s Analytics performed a quantitative and qualitative reputational risks. In 2018, we implemented an additional
validation of the ICRRS in 2014, followed by the model risk metric, Management Action Trigger (MAT) for Private
recalibration in 2015. In 2016, with the assistance of Teradata Bonds, and updated the MAT framework for Unit Investment
as our technology provider, RMG completed the statistical Trust Funds.
validation of the BCS using the same methodology applied
to the validation of the corporate risk rating model. A INTERNAL AUDIT
validation of the recalibrated ICRRS and BCS models were
performed by RMG in 2017 and 2018. Internal Audit performs a significant role in corporate
governance by providing assurance and insights on the
Operational, Business Continuity Management (BCM) processes and structures that propel China Bank towards
and Information Technology (IT) Risk success. For assurance, it involves the assessment and
Our Operational Risk Management Framework outlines reporting on the adequacy, efficiency, and effectiveness
the policies, processes, and procedures, as well as the of governance, risk management, and control processes
tools—including Risk Control Self-Assessment and Key Risk designed to help us achieve our goals and objectives.
Indicators—for managing our group-wide operational risks. Internal Audit’s insights on governance, risk, and control
produce positive change and improvement within the Bank.
To mitigate the impact of business-disrupting events, we
have a Business Continuity Management (BCM) program Our Audit Division is headed by the Chief Audit Executive
covering our resiliency strategies, recovery procedures and (CAE), Marilyn G. Yuchenkang. It is independent from undue
facilities, business continuity, and crisis management plans. influence as evidenced by the functional and administrative
The program includes tests and simulation exercises which reporting to the Audit Committee and the President,
are regularly performed in varying degrees. respectively. It has a Board-approved Internal Audit Charter
which defines its purpose, authority, and responsibility,
In managing our IT risk, we have an IT risk assessment among others. The auditors are competent, objective,
process for identifying vulnerabilities and determining and avoid conflicts of interest in the performance of their
the effectiveness of IT controls. We aligned our IT risk responsibilities. These attributes put the group to be in the
management practices with the standards and operating best position to render assurance services on governance,
principles of the Guidelines on IT Risk Management (BSP risk management, and internal control processes.
Circular No. 808) and Enhanced Guidelines on Information
Security Management (BSP Circular No. 982). Based on the results of audit conducted in 2018, the
CAE confirmed that the Bank’s control processes,
With the evolving cyber-threat landscape, we developed operating across the organization, are in place,
a Cyber Resilience Framework as a supplement to our adequate, and working effectively to mitigate risks
Information Security Management System and BCM that could adversely affect the achievement of the
program. The framework provides the details related to the Bank’s objectives. This attestation covers the units,
preparations and measures for protecting the Bank’s disaster processes, and systems examined in relation to the
recovery infrastructure against cyber-attacks. scope defined in the duly approved 2018 Audit Plan.
72 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 73
governance policies and practices. Our Human Resources MLTP, including ensuring that employees have sufficient
Group ensures that every China Bank employee is and up-to-date knowledge of the regulations and policies,
aware of and upholds the Code. All new employees are through classroom and electronic-based trainings and
given a copy of the Code booklet and undergo the New constant communications / reminders.
Employees’ Orientation Course (NEOC) wherein the Code
is comprehensively discussed. For easy reference, both the Insider trading
Manual and the Code are posted on our Intranet facility and We have strict policies on securities transactions to support
our website. and uphold all applicable laws against insider trading. China
Bank Directors, officers, and employees who are considered
Anti-bribery & corruption to have knowledge of material facts or changes in the affairs
205-2 of China Bank which have not yet been publicly disclosed—
We are committed to honest and ethical business practices including any information likely to affect the share price of
and do not tolerate any form of bribery and corruption. We the Bank’s stock—are strictly prohibited from directly or
take our legal responsibilities very seriously and expect indirectly engaging in financial transactions that make use
our directors and employees at all levels and grades to do of “insider information”. This also includes consultants and
the same. China Bank directors and employees are to act advisers and all other employees who are made aware of
professionally, fairly, and with integrity in all our business undisclosed material information. Any transactions by the
dealings and relationships wherever we operate; thus, they Directors and principal officers involving the Bank’s shares
1) must never offer, promise, or give a financial or other are required to be disclosed within three business days from
advantage to any person or party, including public officials, the date of the transaction.
with the intention of inducing or rewarding improper
performance by them of their duties or to facilitate the Conflict of interest
transaction of the Bank, and 2) must never directly or Conflict of interest between the Bank and employees should
indirectly accept or agree to receive a financial or other be avoided at all times. However, should a conflict arise,
advantage as a reward for performing any act prejudicial to the interest of the Bank must prevail. Employees are not
the Bank, the director/employee himself, or a third party. In permitted to have or be involved in any financial interests
2018, a total of 1,684 employees underwent training on anti- that are in conflict or appear to be in conflict with their duties
bribery and corruption. and responsibilities to China Bank. They are likewise barred
from engaging in work outside of the Bank unless with
Anti-Money laundering duly-approved permission, as well as work that lies in direct
We are committed to comply with the Anti-Money Laundering competition with the Bank.
(AML) law and other related rules and regulations. The
Compliance Division through its AML Unit, ensures that Vendor selection and procurement of goods and services
our AML System is effectively implemented at all times. 102-9
Know Your Customer (KYC) measures and other related We are committed to fair market practices. All prospective
standards like proper client classification based on client risk suppliers and contractors must also undergo and pass our
assessment system are regularly reviewed and enhanced to accreditation process before any contract is awarded to
remain aligned with the changing requirements and emerging them. We assess their reputation, capability, reliability, and
trends. The Board of Directors through the Compliance actual performance. We follow standards of objectivity,
Committee, ensures that programs and controls are in place, impartiality, and equal opportunity and evaluate vendor bids
implemented, monitored, and regularly updated to ensure that based on thorough criteria such as quality, price, service,
our Bank, employees, products, and services are not used for and overall value to the business, ensuring that we prevent
money laundering and terrorist financing activities. any favoritism or conflicts of interest. Consequently, we only
In place is a Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing transact with suppliers and contractors with integrity and
Prevention Program (MLTP) which upholds the AML with good track record.
requirements and seeks to prevent the Bank from being
used for unlawful activities. The Compliance Division is
responsible for managing, updating, and implementing the
74 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 75
Disclosure and transparency Significant related party transactions as of December 2018:
The Bank is a staunch advocate of transparency and
accountability, maintaining a high standard of disclosure Name of Related Party Transaction Amount
to facilitate public understanding of the Bank’s financial Allfirst Equity Holdings, Inc. FX Pre-Settlement Risk Line $ 8.0 M
(Related Party)
condition and the state of its corporate governance in order Anchor Land Holdings, Inc. and CTS Receivables Purchase P 140.7 M
for them to make a well-informed decision. All material Subsidiaries
(Related Party)
information about China Bank is adequately and promptly Anchor Properties Corporation (APC) 8-Year Term Loan P 4.7 B
disclosed in accordance with SEC and PSE’s disclosure (Related Party) Outstanding P 765.0 M
Bridge Loan Facility P 1.3 B
policy like the publication of our quarterly financial Omnibus Line P 1.0 B
statements in national broadsheets and presentation of Outstanding - CTS P 24.5 M
Belle Corporation 5-year Term Loan P 2.5 B
a detailed annual report for our Stockholders’ Meetings. (Affiliate)
Furthermore, we disclose market-sensitive information BDO Private Bank Bond Purchase P 601.1 M
(Affiliate) FX Purchase P 674.4 M
like dividend declarations, joint ventures and acquisitions, Bond Sale P 250.0 M
sale and disposition of significant assets, as well as FX Purchase P 570.4 M
BDO Private Wealth Advisory and Bond Sale P 640.1 M
financial and non-financial information that may affect the Trust Group
decision of the investing public through the Electronic (Affiliate and a Group in the Bank) Bond Sale Money Market P 1.2 B
Discount
Disclosure Generation Technology (Edge) of PSE, making BDO Securities Equity Purchase P 964.7 M
them available on the PSE website and also our corporate (Affiliate) Equity Sale P 964.7 M
BDO Universal Bank Bond Purchase P 200.8 M
website. These disclosures are simultaneously available to (Affiliate) FX Purchase P 12.5 B
analysts, investors, local and international media, and the FX Swap Purchase P 4.9 B
investing public. Bond Sale P 1.1 B
FX Sale P 5.1 B
FX Swap Sale P 1.3 B
Related party transactions SSA Investment P 4.4 B
We recognize that Related Party Transactions (RPTs) may Counterparty – SSA P 1.5 B
Carmen Copper Corporation 1-year Bridge Loan Facility P 170.0 M
give rise to a conflict of interest; thus, we are careful in (Related Party) Extension of Bridge Loan Facility
dealing with related parties. Transactions with such parties Outstanding $ 170.0 M
China Bank Capital Bond Sale Money Market P 750.0 M
are thoroughly reviewed as having been conducted in the (Subsidiary) Discount
ordinary course of business, at arm’s length basis, at fair Bond Sale P 735.6 M
Bond Sale Money Market P 100.0 M
market prices, and upon terms not less favorable to the Discount
Bank, in the same terms as those offered to others. All Corporate Bonds Purchase P 200.0 M
Additional contribution to IMA P 900.0 M
material RPTs are reviewed and vetted upon by the RPT account
Committee before they are endorsed to the Board for China Bank Savings IBCL $ 5.0 M
(Subsidiary) Fixed Income P 3.2 B
approval and are ratified by the stockholders during the
Trade Transactions P 200.0 M
Annual Stockholders’ Meeting. Fund transfer to HO P 64.3 M
FX Purchase P 74.8 M
Bond Sale P 550.0 M
Our RPT Framework serves as a guide to the China Bond Sale Money Market P 2.6 B
Bank group in dealing with related parties. The Bank’s Discount
SSA Investment P 1.8 B
RPT policy is kept relevant and aligned with recent Counterparty – SSA P 562.1 M
regulatory issuances. No director is allowed to participate Renewal of Omnibus Line P 200.0 M
Outstanding P 39.6 M
in the discussion or deliberation, including approval of a
transaction where he is a related party, to prevent conflict China Bank Securities Broker – Purchase / sale of stocks P 431.8 M
of interest. We established specific materiality threshold (Subsidiary) $ 14.8 M
on a per transaction basis.
Domestic Bills Purchase Line P 50.0 M
76 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
Name of Related Party Transaction Amount Name of Related Party Transaction Amount
CBC Trust Group Bond Purchase P 900.0 M Petrogreen Energy Corporation Omnibus Line P 600.0 M
(A Group in the Bank) Bond Purchase Money Market P 1.5 B (Related Party) Outstanding P 382.7 M
Discount Domestic Bills Purchase Line P 5.0 M
Bond Sale P 783.7 M Pre-settlement Risk Line $ 200,000
Bond Sale Money Market P 558.3 M Settlement Risk Line $ 1.0 M
Discount Review of Term Loan P 500.0 M
Clara Sy Initial contribution to IMA account P 60.0 M Outstanding P 421.4 M
(Officer) Planters Development Bank Initial contribution to IMA account P 81.0 M
Elizabeth Tan Sy and Eric Charles Additional contribution to IMA P 864.5 M Employees’ Retirement Fund
Sy Uy account (Subsidiary)
(Close family members of a Posh Properties Development Bridge Loan Facility P 1.3 B
Director) Corporation (PPDC) Review of Term Loans
GOTAMCO Realty Investment New Loan Line (Related Party)
Corporation (GRIC) 7.5-year Term Loan P 1.6 B 10-year term loan
(Related Party) Outstanding P 220.0 M Outstanding P 4.1 B
7-year Term Loan P 1.1 B 10-year term loan P 1.2 B
Outstanding P 170.0 M Outstanding P 1.0 B
Bridge Loan Facility P 1.3 B 7-year term loan (PPDC) P 3.7 B
Renewal of Omnibus Line P 1.0 B Outstanding P 1.7 B
(Loan Limit Shared with Anchor Omnibus Line P 1.0B
Holdings) P 13.0 M Outstanding – CTS P 218.4 M
Outstanding Outstanding P 300.0 M
Renewal of 6-year term loan P 4.1 B Reynaldo Jardin Macaraig & Teresita Initial contribution to IMA account P 100.0 M
Outstanding P 1.1 B Catalya Macaraig & Rowena
Hans Sy Equities Purchase P 2.9 B Macaraig Chuabio & Ruel Antonio
(Director) Catalya Macaraig
Hans Sy, Jr. Initial contribution to PMT account P 425.0 M (Related Interest)
(Close family member of a Director) Additional contribution P 418.5 M Rizal Commercial Banking Bond Purchase P 800.4 M
Corporation Bond Sale P 1.0 B
Henry Sy, Sr. Renewal of Loan Line P 300.0 M (Related Party) Bond Sale Money Market P 70.9 M
(Related Interest) Discount
Herbert Sy and Hendrick Sy Additional contribution to IMA P 709.6 M RCBC Savings Bank Bond Purchase P 50.0 M
(Director / Related Interest) account (Related Party)
Bond Sale P 100.0 M
Herbert Sy and Herbert Sy, Jr. Additional contribution to IMA P 206.5 M
(Director / Related Interest) account Bond Sale Money Market P 50.0 M
Discount
JJACCIS Development Corporation Renewal and increase of P 690.0 M
/ Suntree Holdings Corporation Omnibus Line SM Development Corporation Renewal of Loan Line P 1.0 B
(Stockholder / Related Interest) Outstanding P 387.4 M (Affiliate) Renewal of Bills Purchase Line P 50.0 M
Cancellation of Loan Line P 100.0 M 3-year Term Loan P 1.5 M
Term Loan P 2.1 M
Manulife Asset Management and Bond Sale P 59.0 M SM Investments Corp. / Sybase Renewal of Loan Line P 15.5 B
Trust Corporation Equity Investments Corp. / Multi-
(Related Party) Realty Development Corp. Grant of FX Pre-Settlement Line $ 12.5 M
MMPC Auto Financial Services Loan Line P 200.0 M (Stockholder / Affiliate) (for SMIC)
Corporation SM Prime Holdings Inc. / SM Hotels Renewal of Loan Line P 3.0 B
(Related Party) 5-year Term Loan P 1.0 B and Conventions Corp. / Costa del
National Grid Corporation of the Extension of the Standby LC Hamillo, Inc. Renewal of Bills Purchase Line P 100.0 M
Philippines Outstanding $ 79.0 M (Affiliate / Related Party)
(Related Party) Renewal of Pre-Settlement Risk $ 1.0 M Sps. Irwin and Consuelo Ponce Increase of Loan Line P 95.0 M
Line (Related Interest) Outstanding P 89.8 M
New Golden City Builders and L/C Line $ 1.0 M St. Luke’s Hospital (Global City), Inc. 7-year Term Loan P 3.0 B
Development (Related Party) Renewal of Omnibus Line $ 2.0 M
(Related Interest) Additional contribution to IMA P 200.0 M Summerhills Home Development Renewal of Loan Line P 500.0 M
account Corporation
Initial contribution to UITF account P 70.0 M (Related Party)
NLEX Corporation Initial public offering of bonds P 325.0 M Sun Life Grepa Financial, Inc. Bond Purchase P 134.0 M
(Related Party) (Related Party)
One Network Bank Bond Sale P 430.9 M Sysmart Corporation Renewal of Loan Line P 5.0 B
(Affiliate) (Stockholder) Outstanding P 2.5 B
Ortigas & Company, Limited Participation up the full amount of P 5.0 B 2GO Group, Inc./ 2GO Express, Inc./ Loan Line P 1.0 B
Partnership the 10-year P5B Corporate Note Special Container and Value Added
(Related Party) Facility Services
Outstanding P 2.5 B (Related Party) Domestic Bills Purchase Line P 100.0 M
Loan Line P 500.0 M
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 77
Information for stockholders
Date of Foundation
China Bank was incorporated on July 20, 1920 and opened for business on August 16, 1920. The Bank is registered with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under SEC registration number 443. China Bank’s amended By-laws may be
downloaded from our website, www.chinabank.ph, or requested from the Office of the Corporate Secretary:
Name of Beneficial
Name, Address of Record Owner & No. of
Title of Owner & Relationship Citizenship Percentage
Relationship with Issuer Shares Held
Class with Record Owner
78 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 79
Trading in Company Shares by and Total Shareholdings of Bank Directors and Executive Officers
(As of December 31, 2018)
A. Directors
Shareholdings Number Number Shareholdings
Name Position as of of Shares of Shares as of
January 1, 2018 Disposed Acquired December 31, 2018
Hans T. Sy Chairman of the Board 3,541,419 - 200,000 3,741,419
Gilbert U. Dee Vice Chairman 12,832,906 - - 12,832,906
William C. Whang Director & President 17,518 - - 17,518
Peter S. Dee Director 301,305 - - 301,305
Joaquin T. Dee Director 51,686,912 - - 51,686,912
Herbert T. Sy Director 510,592 - - 510,592
Harley T. Sy Director 261,211 - - 261,211
Alberto S. Yao Independent Director 548,876 - - 548,876
Jose T. Sio Director 3,517 - - 3,517
Margarita L. San Juan Independent Director 95,238 - - 95,238
Philip S. L. Tsai* Independent Director - - 2,000 2,000
*Elected as Independent Director on November 7, 2018 to serve the unexpired term of Mr. Roberto F Kuan who passed away on September 15, 2018
B. Executive Officers (In addition to Messrs. Gilbert U. Dee and William C. Whang)
Shareholdings Number Number
Shareholdings as of
Name Position as of of Shares of Shares
December 31, 2018
January 1, 2018 Disposed Acquired
Rosemarie C. Gan Executive Vice 130,032 - - 130,032
President
Patrick D. Cheng Senior Vice President 617,756 - - 617,756
& CFO
Alexander C. Escucha Senior Vice President 83,886 - - 83,886
Gerard T. Dee First Vice President II 277,864 - - 277,864
Angela D. Cruz First Vice President 1,639,876 - - 1,639,876
Delia Marquez First Vice President II 23,560 - - 23,560
Lilibeth R. Cariño First Vice President 4,167 - - 4,167
Renato K. De Borja, Jr. First Vice President II 669 - - 669
Shirley G.K.T. Tan First Vice President II 12,863 - - 12,863
Elizabeth C. Say First Vice President 3,433 - - 3,433
Benedict L. Chan First Vice President II 15,678 - - 15,678
Maria Rosanna Catherina First Vice President 6,340 - - 6,340
L. Testa
Stephen Y. Tan First Vice President - - 2,746 2,746
Marisol M. Teodoro First Vice President - 21,323 21,323
Layne Y. Arpon First Vice President - 10,732 10,732
80 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
CHINA BANK AS STEWARD
Market Information
Principal market where equity is traded: Philippine Stock Exchange, Inc. (PSE)
Market Value
Actual Prices: *
2018 HIGH LOW CLOSE
Jan - Mar 37.50 33.20 35.20
April - Jun 35.55 33.00 33.60
Jul – Sept 33.60 28.85 28.85
Oct – Dec 29.95 26.75 27.10
*No adjusted prices as no stock rights or stock dividends were issued in 2018
Price Information as of February 28, 2019 (latest practicable trading date): P27.65
Dividend History
2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
Stock Dividend -- 8% 8% 8% 8%
Cash Dividend 8.3% 8% 10% 10% 10%
Investor Relations
102-53
Inquiries from investors, analysts, and the financial community are handled by the Investor & Corporate Relations Group:
ALEXANDER C. ESCUCHA
Senior Vice President and Head
Investor and Corporate Relations Group
28/F BDO Equitable Tower
8751 Paseo De Roxas
Makati City 1226, Philippines
Tel. No.: (+632) 885-5609
Email: [email protected]
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 81
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Hans T. Sy (non-executive director), 63, Filipino, is Chairman Gilbert U. Dee (executive director), 83, Filipino, is Vice
of the Board, Chairman of the Executive and Compliance Chairman of the Board and member of the Executive
committees, and member of the Risk Oversight and Committee. Elected on March 6, 1969, he has been on the
Remuneration committees. He was first elected on May China Bank Board for 50 years. He served as Chairman
21, 1986 and has been on the China Bank Board for 32 from 1989 until he stepped down to become Vice Chairman
years. He was elected as Vice Chairman in 1989 and as in 2011. He currently serves as Chairman of Union Motor
Chairman on May 5, 2011. He also serves on the Boards of Corporation and China Bank subsidiary CBC Properties and
SM Prime Holdings, Inc.* as Director and Chairman of the Computer Center, Inc. (CBC-PCCI). He was a former director
Executive Committee and SM Investments Corporation* of Philippine Pacific Capital Corporation, Philex Mining
as Adviser to the Board, and holds key positions in several Corporation, CBC Finance Corporation, and Super Industrial
companies within the SM Group. He graduated from De Corporation. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Banking from De
La Salle University with a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical La Salle University and a Master’s in Business Administration
Engineering. (MBA) degree in Finance from the University of Southern
California.
82 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
WILLIAM C. WHANG PETER S. DEE
President Director
William C. Whang (executive director), 60, Filipino, is China Peter S. Dee (non-executive director), 77, Filipino, is a
Bank President and director since November 1, 2017. member of the Executive and Trust Investment committees.
He is a member of the Executive and Trust Investment He has been on the China Bank Board for 41 years, since
committees. He also serves on the boards of China Bank April 14 1977. He is also currently on the boards of CBC-
Savings (CBS), Chinabank Insurance Brokers (CIBI), CBC- PCCI, CIBI, Hydee Management & Resources Corporation,
PCCI, China Bank Capital Corporation (CBCapital), China Commonwealth Foods, Inc., GDSK Development Corporation,
Bank Securities Corporation (CBSecurities), Manulife China and City & Land Developers, Inc.* and Cityland Development
Bank Life Assurance Corporation (MCBLife), BancNet, Corporation* as Independent Director. He was the President
Inc., Banker’s Association of the Philippines, and Philippine and Chief Executive Officer of China Bank from 1985 to 2014,
Payments Management Inc. He has over 38 years of banking and a former director of Sinclair (Phils.) Inc., Can Lacquer, Inc.,
experience, previously holding key positions in local and and CBC Forex Corporation. He earned a Bachelor’s degree in
international banks, including Metrobank, Republic National Commerce from De La Salle University/University of the East
Bank of New York, International Exchange Bank, Security and completed the Special Banking Course of the American
Bank, and Sterling Bank of Asia. He obtained a Bachelor’s Institute of Banking.
degree in Commerce, Major in Business Management from
De La Salle University.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 83
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Jose T. Sio (non-executive director), 79, Filipino, is a member of Joaquin T. Dee (non-executive director), 83, Filipino, is a
the Trust Investment Committee. He was elected on November member of the Executive, Audit, and Compliance committees.
7, 2007 and has been on the China Bank Board for 11 years. He He was first elected on May 10,1984 and has been on the
is chairman of SM Investments Corp.* and a director of Atlas China Bank Board for 34 years. He currently holds directorship
Consolidated Mining and Development Corp.*, OCLP Holdings, and key management positions at JJACCIS Development
Inc., Belle Corp., Concrete Aggregates Corp., and NLEX Corp. Corporation, Enterprise Realty Corporation, and Suntree
He also serves as Adviser on the Boards of BDO Unibank* and Holdings Corporation. He was Vice President for Sales and
Premium Leisure Corp.* and as Adviser of Audit/Risk Oversight Administration of Wellington Flour Mills from 1964 to 1994.
Committee of SM Prime Holdings*. He is the current President of He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Commerce from Letran
SM Foundation, Inc. and a former Senior Partner at SyCip Gorres College.
Velayo & Co. (SGV). He was voted CFO of the Year in 2009 by the
Financial Executives of the Philippines, and in various years, was
awarded as Best CFO (Philippines) by Hong Kong-based business
publications Alpha Southeast Asia, Corporate Governance Asia,
Finance Asia and The Asset. He is a Certified Public Accountant
with a Bachelor’s degree in Commerce, major in Accounting from
the University of San Agustin and a Master’s degree in Business
Administration from the New York University, U.S.A.
84 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
HERBERT T. SY HARLEY T. SY
Director Director
Herbert T. Sy (non-executive director), 62, Filipino, is the Harley T. Sy (non-executive director), 59, Filipino, is a member
Chairman of the Trust Investment Committee. He was first of the Remuneration Committee. He was first elected on May
elected on January 7, 1993 and has been on the China Bank 24, 2001 and has been on the China Bank Board for 17 years.
Board for 26 years. He is currently Chairman of Supervalue, He also serves as Director of SM Investments Corporation*.
Inc., Super Shopping Market, Inc., Sondrik, Inc., and Sanford He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Commerce, Major in Finance
Marketing Corp., and director of SM Prime Holdings, from De La Salle University.
Inc.* and National University. He has been involved in
companies engaged in food retailing, investment, real estate
development and mall operations. He graduated from De La
Salle University with a Bachelor’s degree in Management.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 85
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Alberto S. Yao (non-executive director), 72, Filipino, is Margarita L. San Juan (non-executive director), 65, Filipino,
Chairman of the Audit Committee, and member of the is Chairman of the Risk Oversight Committee and member
Corporate Governance, Risk Oversight, Related Party of the Corporate Governance, Related Party Transaction,
Transactions, Nominations, Compliance, and Remuneration Nominations, and Remuneration committees. She was
committees. He was first elected on July 7, 2004 and has elected to the China Bank Board on May 4, 2017. She is also
been on the China Bank Board for 14 years. He is also currently Independent Director of China Bank subsidiaries
Independent Director of China Bank subsidiaries CBS, CBS, CBCapital, and CIBI. She served as the Bank’s Senior
CBCapital, and CBSecurities, and serves as President & Vice President and Account Management Group Head until
CEO of Richwell Philippines, Inc. and Internationale Globale her retirement in 2012, and also worked at Ayala Investment
Marques, Inc., President of Richphil House Inc., and member and Development Corporation and Commercial Bank and
of` the Philippine Constitution Association. He was previously Trust Co. She obtained a Bachelor’s degree in Business
a Director of Planters Development Bank, President & CEO of Administration, Major in Financial Management from the
Richwell Trading Corporation and Europlay Distributor Co., Inc., University of the Philippines, and completed the Advance
President of Megarich Property Ventures Corporation, and a Bank Management Program of the Asian Institute of
Vice President for Merchandising of Zenco Sales, Inc. He Management.
holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, Minor in
Accounting from Mapua Institute of Technology.
86 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
PHILIP S.L. TSAI RICARDO R. CHUA
Independent Director Advisor to the Board
Philip S.L. Tsai (non-executive director), 68, Filipino, is Ricardo R. Chua, 67, Filipino, is Advisor to the Board since
Chairman of the Corporate Governance, Related Party November 1, 2017. He served as President and CEO from
Transaction, Nominations, and Remuneration committees, 2014 to 2017 and as Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to
and member of the Audit Committee. He was elected to 2014. He is currently Chairman of CBS and CBCapital, and
the Board on November 7, 2018 to serve the unexpired term director of CBC-PCCI, CAVACON Corporation, and Sun &
of Mr. Roberto F. Kuan who passed away on September 15, Earth Corporation. He is a Certified Public Accountant with
2018. Mr. Tsai also currently serves as Independent Director a Master’s in Business Management (MBM) degree from
of China Bank subsidiaries CBS, CBCapital, and CIBI. He was the Asian Institute of Management. He graduated cum laude
formerly the Bank’s First Vice President for Retail Banking until from the University of the East with a Bachelor’s degree in
his retirement in 2015. He also worked at First CBC Capital Business Administration, Major in Accounting.
(Asia) Limited, Midwest Medical Management, Fortune Paper
Inc., Chemical Bank New York, Consolidated Can Corp., and
Plastic Container Packaging. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in
Business Administration from the University of the Philippines
and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the
Roosevelt University in Chicago, Illinois.
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 87
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
88 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
GILBERT U. DEE ALBERTO EMILIO ALEXANDER C. ESCUCHA RYAN MARTIN L. TAPIA*
Vice Chairman of V. RAMOS* Senior Vice President and President of China Bank
the Board Executive Vice President Head of the Investor and Capital Corporation
and President of Corporate Relations Group
China Bank Savings, Inc.
*Ex-officio member
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 89
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
90 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
DELIA MARQUEZ JOSE L. OSMEÑA, JR. ANANIAS S. CORNELIO III* MARIA ROSANNA
First Vice President and Head First Vice President and First Vice President and CATHERINA L. TESTA
of Centralized Operations Deputy Group Head of Chief Risk Officer First Vice President and Head
Group and Business Process Retail Banking Business of Human Resources Group
Management Division
*Ex-officio member
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 91
CHINA BANK MANAGEMENT TEAM
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENTS SENIOR VICE PRESIDENTS
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER Rosemarie C. Gan Patrick D. Cheng
Romeo D. Uyan Jr. Alberto Emilio V. Ramosa Alexander C. Escucha
Lilian Yu
VICE PRESIDENTS
Luis M. Afable, Jr. Francisco Javier C. Galang Danilo T. Sarita
Evelyn T. Alameda Cesare’ Edwin M. Garcia Francisco Eduardo A. Sarmiento
Ma. Hildelita P. Alano Cristina F. Gotuaco Clara C. Sy
Juan Emmanuel B. Andaya Rhodin Evan O. Escolar Irene C. Tanlimco
Love Virgilynn T. Baking Ma. Cristina C. Hernandez Jasmin O. Ty
Betty L. Biunas Marlon B. Hernandez Noemi L. Uy
Richard S. Borja Shirley C. Lee Virginia Y. Uy
Victor Geronimo S. Calo Angelyn Claire CC. Liao Esmeralda R. Vicente
Jeannette H. Chan Regina Karla F. Libatique Clarissa Maria A. Villalon
Marie Carolina L. Chua Mary Ann T. Lim Charon B. Wambangco
Domingo P. Dayro, Jr. Jennifer Y. Macariola Carina L. Yandoc
Aileen Paulette S. De Jesus Dorothy T. Maceda George C. Yap
James Christian T. Deec Ordon P. Maningding Michelle Y. Yap-Bersales
Norman D.C. Del Carmen Mandrake P. Medina Hanz Irvin S. Yoro
Gemma B. Deladia Corazon I. Morando Marilyn G. Yuchenkang
Therese G. Escolin Jocelyn T. Pavon
Madelyn V. Fontanilla Mani Thess Q. Peña-Lee
a
Seconded to China Bank Savings as President
b
Seconded to China Bank Securities as President
c
Seconded to China Bank Savings as Treasurer
92 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
SENIOR ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS
Emmanuel L. Abesamis Marissa G. Garcia Ana Ma. Raquel Y. Samala
Baldwin A. Aguilar Dennis S. Go, III Julie Ann P. Santiago
Patrick Y. Ang Grace Y. Ho Alejandro F. Santos
Marissa A. Auditor Gladys Antonette Marcel P. Isidro Charmaine V. Santos
Faye Theresa S. Babasa Josefina Anna T. Justiniano Cherie S. Sia
Ma. Luisa O. Baylosis Vivian T. Kho Ma. Cecilia D. So
Yasmin I. Biticon Maria Margaret U. Kua Cynthia U. Surpia
Jonathan C. Camarillo Ma. Arlene Mae G. Lazaro Jeanny C. Tan
Victoria G. Capacio Eric Y. Lee Roxana Angela S. Tan
Camilo S. Cape Glenn B. Lotho Ma. Cecilia V. Tejada
Maria Luisa C. Corpus Katherine N. Manguiat Ma. Edita Lynn Z. Trinidad
Grace A. Cruz Ronald R. Marcaida Harvey L. Ty
Patricia J. Custodio Gil P. Navelgas Hudson Q. Uy
Ma. Jeanette D. Cuyco Erlan Antonio B. Olavere Roderick Iluminado U. Vallejo, III
Esperose S. De Claro Enrico J. Ong Anthony Ariel C. Vilar
Ricardo J. De Guzman, III Ma. Victoria G. Pantaleon Rosario D. Yabut
Jinky T. Dela Torre Josephine D. Paredes Sandra Mae Y. Yao
Susan U. Ferrer Frederick M. Pineda Mary Joy L. Yu
Pablito P. Flores Arnulfo H. Roldan
ASEAN Corporate Governance Awards Corporate Governance Asia 8th Asian Excellence Awards
• Among the top 50 ASEAN Publicly Listed Companies • Best Investor Relations Company (Philippines)
• Top 3 Publicly Listed Companies in the Philippines • Best Investor Relations Professional
- Mr. Alexander C. Escucha, SVP for Investor and
Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas Corporate Relations Group
• Pagtugon Award for Universal and Commercial Banks
Finance Asia Country Awards for Achievement
Capital Finance International (CFI.co) • Best Debt Capital Markets House - China Bank Capital
• Best Bank Governance (Philippines)
Global Banking & Finance Review Awards (U.K)
Chartered Financial Analysts Society of the Philippines • Best Corporate Governance Bank, Philippines
• Best Managed Fund of the Year (Dollar long-term Bond • Best Investor Relations Bank, Philippines
Category) - China Bank DollarFund • Best Bank for Debt Capital Markets - China Bank Capital
• Best Managed Fund of the Year (Balanced Peso Category)
- China Bank Balanced Fund Alpha Southeast Asia Best Deal & Solution Awards
• Best Bond Deal for Retail Investors in Southeast Asia for
BTr’s P181 billion RTBs
94 C H I N A B A N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Investment House Association of the Philippines (IHAP) Philippine Dealing System Annual Awards
• Best Fixed Income House - China Bank Capital • Top Corporate Issue Manager (Investment House
• Best Fixed Income Deal for P181 Billion Republic of the category) - China Bank Capital
Philippines Bureau of the Treasury’s Retail Treasury Bond • Special Citation, Underwriter and Bookrunner
• Best Fixed Income Deal for Ayala Corporation US$400 who participated in the pilot issuance and the
Million Fixed-For-life Bonds (Ayala USD Fixed For Life) first official issuance under the approved enrolled
• Best Equity Deal for Del Monte Pacific US$200 Million Securities Program
Preferred Shares (Del Monte USD Preferred Shares)
• Deal of the Year for P181 Billion Republic of the Philippines The Asset’s 2018 Triple A Awards
Bureau of the Treasury’s Retail Treasury Bond • Best Bond Adviser (Domestic) - China Bank Capital
• Best Local Currency Bond for Ayala Land’s P4.3- billion
54th Anvil Awards short-dated notes
• Silver Award, 2017 Annual Financial and • Best Corporate Bond for Ayala Corp’s $400-million fixed
Sustainability Report rate bonds
• Best Follow-On for Del Monte Pacific’s $200-million
preferred shares
A N N UA L F I N A N C I A L A N D S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y R E P O R T 2 0 1 8 95
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTENTS
96 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
98 Disclosure on Capital Structure and Capital Adequacy
Capital Fundamentals
We believe that China Bank can only achieve sustainable growth by maintaining strong capital fundamentals. Major business
initiatives are undertaken with the appropriate capital planning which also takes into consideration constraints and changes in
the regulatory environment. This is necessary to ensure that the Bank’s commercial objectives are equally aligned with its ability
to maintain a capital position at par with the industry. The Board and Senior Management recognizes that a balance should
be achieved with respect to China Bank’s earnings outlook vis-à-vis capital fundamentals that can take advantage of growth
opportunities while maintaining sufficient capacity to absorb shocks.
98 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Qualifying Capital (Basel III) Consolidated Parent Company
In PhP Million 2017
Total CET 1 Capital 70,651.92 63,306.34
Additional Tier 1 Capital - -
The regulatory Basel III qualifying capital of the Group consists of Common Equity Tier 1 capital (going concern capital),
which comprises paid-up common stock, additional paid-in capital, surplus including current year profit, other comprehensive
income and minority interest less required deductions such as unsecured credit accommodations to DOSRI, deferred income
tax, other intangible assets, goodwill, defined benefit pension fund assets/liabilities, and investment in subsidiaries. The other
component of regulatory capital is Tier 2 capital (gone-concern capital), which includes general loan loss provision. A capital
conservation buffer of 2.5% comprised of CET 1 capital is likewise imposed in the Basel III capital ratios.
Full reconciliation of all regulatory capital elements back to the balance sheet in the audited financial statements is presented
below:
Parent Company
2018 2017
Audited Audited
Qualifying Reconciling Financial Qualifying Reconciling Financial
Capital Items Statements Capital Items Statements
Common stock 26,859 - 26,859 26,859 11 26,848
Additional paid-in capital 17,123 - 17,123 17,123 26 17,096
Retained Earnings 38,131 (6,397) 44,528 34,553 (6,735) 41,287
Net unrealized gains or losses on FVOCI / AFS
securities (228) 475 (703) (1,536) 278 (1,813)
Cumulative foreign currency translation and
others 73 29 45 162 (70) 233
Deductions (17,208) 17,208) - (13,854) (13,854) -
Tier 1 (CET1) capital/Total equity 64,749 (23,102) 87,852 63,307 (20,344) 83,651
Tier 2 capital 4,982 4,982 - 3,410 3,410 -
Total qualifying capital/Total equity 69,732 (18,120) 87,852 66,717 (16,934) 83,651
Group
2018 2017
Qualifying Reconciling Audited Qualifying Reconciling Audited
Capital Items Financial Capital Items Financial
Statements Statements
Common stock 26,859 - 26,859 26,859 11 26,848
Additional paid-in capital 17,123 - 17,123 17,123 27 17,096
Retained Earnings 40,793 (3,735) 44,528 35,371 (5,916) 41,287
Net unrealized gains or losses on FVOCI / AFS
securities (228) 475 (703) (1,536) 277 (1,813)
Cumulative foreign currency translation and
others 73 29 45 165 (68) 233
Non-controlling interest 106 102 5 105 100 5
Deductions (10,492) (10,492) - (7,434) (7,434) -
Tier 1 (CET1) capital/Total equity 74,234 (13,623) 87,857 70,653 (13,003) 83,656
Tier 2 capital 5,659 5,659 - 3,970 3,970 -
Total qualifying capital/Total equity 79,893 (7,964) 87,857 74,623 (9,033) 83,656
The capital requirements for Credit, Market and Operational Risk are listed below, on a parent and consolidated basis:
100 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Credit Risk
On-balance sheet exposures, net of specific provisions and not covered by CRM (in PhP million):
December 2018
Consolidated Parent
On-Balance Sheet Assets Exposures, net of Exposures not Exposures, net of Exposures not
Specific Provisions Covered by CRM Specific Provisions Covered by CRM
Cash on Hand 15,445.99 15,445.99 13,579.54 13,579.54
Checks and Other Cash Items 130.09 130.09 125.76 125.76
Due from BSP 101,890.53 101,890.53 95,093.70 95,093.70
Due from Other Banks 9,455.45 9,455.45 7,837.89 7,837.89
Financial Assets at FVPL 845.88 835.61 840.73 830.46
Financial Assets at FVOCI 10,065.70 9,038.86 8,307.23 7,280.39
Investment Securities at Amortized Cost 174,576.92 174,576.92 165,788.22 165,788.22
Loans and Receivables 513,035.64 484,762.89 449,324.99 427,314.42
Loans and Receivables arising from Repurchase
Agreements 10,004.22 10,004.22 7,002.96 7,002.96
Sales Contract Receivables 1,046.22 1,046.22 194.47 194.47
Real and Other Properties Acquired 3,635.33 3,635.33 179.02 179.02
Other Assets 12,573.56 12,573.56 7,290.20 7,290.20
Total On-Balance Sheet Assets 852,705.53 823,395.69 755,564.70 732,517.03
December 2017
Consolidated Parent
On-Balance Sheet Assets Exposures, net of Exposures not Exposures, net of Exposures not
Specific Provisions Covered by CRM Specific Provisions Covered by CRM
Cash on Hand 11,967.20 11,967.20 10,473.04 10,473.04
Checks and Other Cash Items 105.31 105.31 86.31 86.31
Due from BSP 98,490.46 98,490.46 91,717.49 91,717.49
Due from Other Banks 15,641.48 15,641.48 14,066.62 14,066.62
Financial Assets at FVPL 3,421.44 3,411.69 3,421.44 3,411.69
Available-for-Sale Financial Assets 46,569.31 45,594.23 43,303.71 42,328.63
Held-to-Maturity Financial Assets 66,079.64 66,079.64 62,284.34 62,284.34
Unquoted Debt Securities Classified as Loans 1,126.59 1,126.59 1,021.49 1,021.49
Loans and Receivables 451,658.56 424,289.21 390,162.15 367,704.31
Loans and Receivables arising from Repurchase
18,755.60 18,755.60 17,350.99 17,350.99
Agreements
Sales Contract Receivables 922.96 922.96 178.73 178.73
Real and Other Properties Acquired 4,135.94 4,135.94 418.63 418.63
Other Assets 11,577.51 11,577.51 8,274.34 8,274.34
Total On-Balance Sheet Assets 730,452.01 702,097.82 642,759.29 619,316.62
December 2016
Consolidated Parent
On-Balance Sheet Assets Exposures, net of Exposures not Exposures, net of Exposures not
Specific Provisions Covered by CRM Specific Provisions Covered by CRM
Cash on Hand 11,817.72 11,817.72 10,502.02 10,502.02
Checks and Other Cash Items 172.22 172.22 152.44 152.44
Due from BSP 91,791.03 91,791.03 85,133.66 85,133.66
Due from Other Banks 10,013.41 10,013.41 8,370.13 8,370.13
Financial Assets at FVPL 2,472.60 2,462.89 2,472.60 2,462.89
Available-for-Sale Financial Assets 33,937.65 32,966.67 31,374.20 30,403.22
Held-to-Maturity Financial Assets 58,131.81 58,131.81 54,755.05 54,755.05
Unquoted Debt Securities Classified as Loans 4,106.19 4,106.19 4,000.98 4,000.98
Loans and Receivables 387,185.32 362,850.92 330,301.95 311,073.96
Loans and Receivables arising from Repurchase
3,452.13 3,452.13 2,959.06 2,959.06
Agreements
Sales Contract Receivables 909.20 909.20 228.43 228.43
Real and Other Properties Acquired 4,298.03 4,298.03 605.71 605.71
Other Assets 10,518.86 10,518.86 6,890.90 6,890.90
Total On-Balance Sheet Assets 618,806.17 593,491.08 537,747.14 517,538.46
Credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet items, broken down by type of exposures (in PhP million):
Credit equivalent amount for counterparty credit risk in the trading book, broken down by type of exposures (in PhP million):
December 2018
Consolidated Parent
Standardized Approach
Notional Principal Credit Equivalent Notional Principal Credit Equivalent
Interest Rate Contracts 3,059.34 37.49 3,059.34 37.49
Exchange Rate Contracts 57,082.77 908.62 57,082.77 908.62
Equity Contracts - - - -
Credit Derivatives - - - -
Total Notional Principal and
Credit Equivalent Amount 60,142.11 946.11 60,142.11 946.11
102 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
December 2017
Consolidated Parent
Standardized Approach Notional Notional
Credit Equivalent Credit Equivalent
Principal Principal
Interest Rate Contracts 9,991.39 41.21 9,991.39 41.21
Exchange Rate Contracts 33,068.49 625.66 33,068.49 625.66
Equity Contracts - - - -
Credit Derivatives - - - -
Total Notional Principal and
43,059.88 666.87 43,059.88 666.87
Credit Equivalent Amount
December 2016
Consolidated Parent
Standardized Approach Notional Notional
Credit Equivalent Credit Equivalent
Principal Principal
Interest Rate Contracts 10,823.40 72.93 10,823.40 72.93
Exchange Rate Contracts 16,830.93 343.13 16,830.93 343.13
Equity Contracts - - - -
Credit Derivatives - - - -
Total Notional Principal and
27,654.33 416.07 27,654.33 416.07
Credit Equivalent Amount
Net Exposures after CRM for counterparty credit risk in the banking book, broken down by type of exposures (in PhP million):
December 2018
Consolidated Parent
Standardized Approach Fair Value/ Net Exposures Fair Value/ Net Exposures
Carrying Amount after CRM Carrying Amount after CRM
Derivative Transactions - - - -
Repo-Style Transactions 35,488.28 8,158.34 35,488.28 8,158.34
Total Fair Value/Carrying Amount and
35,488.28 8,158.34 35,488.28 8,158.34
Net Exposures after CRM
December 2017
Consolidated Parent
Standardized Approach Fair Value/ Net Exposures Fair Value/ Net Exposures
Carrying Amount after CRM Carrying Amount after CRM
Derivative Transactions - - - -
Repo-Style Transactions 17,415.76 3,546.90 17,415.76 3,546.90
Total Fair Value/Carrying Amount and
Net Exposures after CRM 17,415.76 3,546.90 17,415.76 3,546.90
December 2016
Consolidated Parent
Standardized Approach Fair Value/ Net Exposures Fair Value/ Net Exposures
Carrying Amount after CRM Carrying Amount after CRM
Derivative Transactions - - - -
Repo-Style Transactions 9,520.22 1,447.43 9,520.22 1,447.43
Total Fair Value/Carrying Amount and
Net Exposures after CRM 9,520.22 1,447.43 9,520.22 1,447.43
The following credit risk mitigants are used in the December 2018 CAR Report:
• ROP warrants
• ROP guarantee
• HGC guarantee
• Holdout vs. Peso deposit
• Holdout vs. FCDU deposit
• Assignment / Pledge of Government Securities
Total credit exposure after risk mitigation, broken down by type of exposures, risk buckets, as well as those that are
deducted from capital (in PhP million):
2018
Weight
Band Consolidated Parent Company
On-balance Off-balance On-balance Off-balance
Counterparty Total Counterparty Total
sheet sheet sheet sheet
Below 100% 344,646.31 - 9,032.78 353,679.09 307,944.31 - 9,032.78 316,977.09
100% and 478,749.38 10,583.95 71.67 489,405.01 424,572.72 10,504.15 71.67 435,148.54
Above
Total 823,395.69 10,583.95 9,104.45 843,084.09 732,517.03 10,504.15 9,104.45 752,125.63
Weight 2017
Band Consolidated Parent Company
On-balance Off-balance On-balance Off-balance
Counterparty Total Counterparty Total
sheet sheet sheet sheet
Below
299,057.46 - 4,065.92 303,123.38 268,167.72 - 4,065.92 272,233.64
100%
100% and
403,040.36 10,576.93 147.84 413,765.14 351,148.90 10,437.60 147.84 361,734.34
Above
Total 702,097.82 10,576.93 4,213.77 716,888.52 619,316.62 10,437.60 4,213.77 633,967.98
Weight 2016
Band Consolidated Parent Company
On-balance Off-balance On-balance Off-balance
Counterparty Total Counterparty Total
sheet sheet sheet sheet
Below
252,534.01 21.86 1,805.97 254,361.84 224,540.77 21.86 1,805.97 226,368.61
100%
100% and
340,957.07 9,585.31 57.53 350,599.91 292,997.69 9,410.61 57.53 302,465.83
Above
Total 593,491.08 9,607.17 1,863.50 604,961.75 517,538.46 9,432.47 1,863.50 528,834.43
104 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Total credit risk-weighted assets, broken down by type of exposures (in PhP million):
2018
Weight Consolidated Parent Company
Band On-balance Off-balance On-balance Off-balance
Counterparty Total Counterparty Total
sheet sheet sheet sheet
Below
100% 69,574.44 - 3,677.48 73,251.92 58,894.98 - 3,677.48 62,572.46
100% and
Above 481,834.50 10,583.95 71.67 492,490.13 424,967.08 10,504.15 71.67 435,542.90
Covered by
CRM 120.44 - - 120.44 120.44 - - 120.44
Excess
GLLP 85.85 205.83
Total 551,529.39 10,583.95 3,749.15 565,776.65 483,982.50 10,504.15 3,749.15 498,029.98
2017
Weight Consolidated Parent Company
Band On-balance Off-balance On-balance Off-balance
Counterparty Total Counterparty Total
sheet sheet sheet sheet
Below
61,429.58 - 1,990.76 63,420.34 50,785.80 - 1,990.76 52,776.56
100%
100% and
406,743.33 10,576.93 147.84 417,468.11 352,027.29 10,437.60 147.84 362,612.73
Above
Covered by
67.74 - - 67.74 67.74 - - 67.74
CRM
Excess
- -
GLLP
Total 468,240.65 10,576.93 2,138.60 480,956.18 402,880.83 10,437.60 2,138.60 415,457.04
2016
Weight Consolidated Parent Company
Band On-balance Off-balance On-balance Off-balance
Counterparty Total Counterparty Total
sheet sheet sheet sheet
Below
58,436.20 4.37 542.12 58,982.70 48,001.61 4.37 542.12 48,548.10
100%
100% and
345,656.04 9,585.31 57.53 355,298.88 294,570.61 9,410.61 57.53 304,038.75
Above
Covered by
99.63 - - 99.63 64.40 - - 64.40
CRM
Excess
- -
GLLP
Total 404,191.88 9,589.68 599.65 414,381.20 342,636.62 9,414.98 599.65 352,651.25
The credit ratings given by the following rating agencies were used to determine the credit risk weight of On-balance sheet,
Off-balance sheet, and Counterparty exposures:
The Standardized Approach is used in China Bank’s market risk-weighted assets. The total market risk-weighted asset of the
Bank as of December 2018 is P5.20 billion and P5.15 billion for parent company and consolidated basis, respectively. This is
composed of Interest Rate exposures amounting to P3.49 billion and Foreign Exchange exposures amounting to P1.71 billion
for the parent bank, while it is composed of Interest Rate exposures amounting to P3.49 billion, Equity exposures amounting to
P0.09 billion and Foreign Exchange exposures amounting to P1.57 billion on a consolidated basis.
106 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Operational, Legal, and Other Risks
The Bank has established an Operational Risk Management Framework which forms part of its enterprise-wide risk management
system. It outlines the policies, processes and procedures and the tools introduced to implement an effective operational risk
management system covering all the business and operating units of the Bank as well as its subsidiaries. Among the tools that
are already in place that provides the Bank with the ability to identify and assess material operational risks include the Risk &
Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) and the Key Risk Indicators (KRI). Both financial and non-financial impacts of operational risk
are captured for this purpose.
The overall operational risk exposure of the Bank is determined using a number of methodologies which include the scenario
analysis exercise. As of December 2018, the equivalent capital allocated for Operational Risk amounted to PHP 3.19 billion
which is more than adequate to cover the computed overall operational risk exposure. Moreover, the Bank through its Legal
& Collection Division identified and assessed potential losses attributed to Legal Risk and the amount is not material to
significantly affect the Bank’s capital position.
The BIA is used to determine the equivalent operational risk-weighted assets of China Bank. On a parent basis, the Bank’s
operational risk-weighted asset as of December 2018 is P31.88 billion while on a consolidated basis, the Bank’s operational
risk- weighted assets is P39.47 billion. On a parent basis, the Bank’s operational risk-weighted asset as of December 2017 is
P28.53 billion while on a consolidated basis, the Bank’s operational risk-weighted assets is P36.05 billion.
The Bank’s interest rate risk (IRR) originates from its holdings of interest rate sensitive assets and interest rate sensitive
liabilities. Internally, the Earnings-at-Risk (EaR) method is used to determine the effects of interest rate movements on the
Bank’s interest earnings which is measured every week. The Bank’s loans is assumed affected by interest rate movements
on its repricing date for floating rates and on its maturity for fixed rates. Demand and savings deposits, on the other hand,
are generally not interest rate sensitive. Provided in the table below are the approximate addition and reduction in annualized
interest income of a 100bps change across the PhP and USD yield curves.
Consolidated Parent
Earnings-at-Risk in PhP Million
2018 2017 2018 2017
Upward 520 752 706 867
PHP IRR Exposures
Downward (520) (752) (706) (867)
Upward (468) (342) (451) (328)
USD IRR Exposures
Downward 419 301 402 287
The Audit Committee plays an important role in empowering and elevating the The Committee also approved the engagement fees in connection with the
status of the internal audit function throughout the organization as provider independent validation of votes for stockholders’ meeting, audit of the financial
of quality and significant assurance and consulting services that adds value statements of the Bank, issuance of the comfort letters for the Long-Term
to the governance, risk management, and internal control processes of the Negotiable Certificates of Time Deposit (LTNCD), and PFRS 9 Expected
Bank. It has the explicit authority to investigate any matter within its terms of Credit Loss Model Review, among others. It ensured that the external
reference, full access to and cooperation by management and full discretion auditors remain independent and are given unrestricted access to records,
to invite any director or executive officer to attend its meetings, and adequate properties and personnel, to enable them to perform their audit functions. The
resources to enable it to effectively discharge its functions. It monitors and Committee evaluated the qualifications, performance, competence, integrity
evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control system of and independence of the external auditor. Following such evaluation, the
the Bank, and assesses internal audit function and performance, integrity of Committee recommended to the Board the engagement of SGV as the external
the financial statements, and accounting processes. It also provides oversight auditors of the Bank, subject to the ratification of the stockholders.
on the activities of senior management and the internal and external auditors
of the Bank. Oversight of Internal Audit
Lead Independent Director Alberto S. Yao chairs the Audit Committee, and the To assess the effectiveness of the internal audit function, the Audit
members are Non-executive Director Joaquin T. Dee and new Independent Committee reviewed the accomplishments versus plans and approved
Director Philip S.L. Tsai who was elected member of the Committee on 05 the plans and budget of internal audit’s Quality Assurance and Control
December 2018 to replace and serve the unexpired term of the late Mr. Roberto Department, Branch Audit Department, Head Office and Subsidiaries Audit
F. Kuan. All of them have accounting, auditing, or related financial management Department, and IT Audit Department. It evaluated the updates, deferments,
expertise or experience commensurate with the size, complexity of operations or any other changes in audit engagements and audit plan; and reviewed
and risk profile of the Bank. the results of the review of working papers as well as the internal audit
and recommendations to address the weaknesses and deficiencies noted
In 2018, the Committee met 14 times to discuss and deliberate on matters and any unresolved management issues. The Committee ensured that the
including the following: Chief Audit Executive (CAE), who reports directly to the Audit Committee
and whose performance is evaluated by the Committee, and internal audit
Oversight of Financial Reporting and Policies function are free from interference by outside parties and that they maintain
an open communication with the Committee. The members are free to meet
The Committee reviewed and discussed with the external auditor SyCip privately with the CAE without management presence to discuss information
Gorres Velayo & Co. (SGV) the audited financial statements, focusing on concerning the internal audit activity’s plans and activities and to keep each
the following: changes in accounting policies and practices, standards other informed on any other matters of mutual interest.
and interpretations and related impact; major judgmental areas including
reasonableness of estimates and assumptions used in the preparation In 2018, the Committee approved the guidelines on annual review of 3-year
of financial statements; significant adjustments resulting from the audit; audit plan; guidelines for handling unresponded, disputed, significant and
compliance with accounting, auditing and regulatory standards such as outstanding audit issues; and policy on escalation and handling management’s
the Philippine Financial Reporting Standards (PFRS) and Tax Reform for acceptance of risk. Further, the Committee confirmed the professional opinion
Acceleration and Inclusion (TRAIN) Act. The Committee discussed the of the CAE of adherence to the Institute of Internal Auditors’ (IIA) Standard and
financial reports as to consistency and accuracy of disclosures of material Implementation Guide 2130 on Control based on the results of audit conducted
information including on subsequent events and related party transactions; for the covered period, and that the Bank’s control processes, operating across
completeness and timeliness of communication with external auditor; and the organization, are in place, adequate and working effectively to mitigate
other material issues that affect the audit and financial reporting. risks that could adversely affect the achievement of the Bank’s objectives. The
Committee also confirmed that in accordance with the IIA’s Standard 1100 on
Oversight of Internal Control Independence and Objectivity, for Audit year 2018, the internal audit activity
is independent from any conditions that would hamper its ability to carry out
The Committee ensured a review of the effectiveness of the internal controls, internal audit responsibilities in an unbiased manner, which are evidenced by
including financial, operational and compliance controls, and risk management, the dual reporting lines to the Board and President, the functional roles are
with the aim of establishing and maintaining an adequate, effective and within the scope of internal audit activity, and that members of Audit Division
efficient internal control framework. The Committee looked into the systems have an impartial, unbiased attitude and avoid any conflict of interest in the
and processes to gauge compliance with laws, regulations and internal policies, performance of their duties and responsibilities, in conformance to the IIA’s
efficiency and effectiveness of operations, and safeguarding of assets. It Standards and Code of Ethics. Finally, the Audit Committee revised its Charter
monitored the internal control issues noted during internal regular, special and in order to incorporate important provisions of IIA’s Implementation Guide 1111,
limited audits of various branches, units, technology platforms and applications Direct Interaction with the Board, and Securities and Exchange Commission’s
and services of the Bank, including the effectiveness of information technology (SEC) Code of Corporate Governance for Publicly-listed Companies.
security and control, together with management’s responses, and determined
that appropriate actions have been taken to address significant deficiencies Based on the foregoing, the Audit Committee views that the internal
and weaknesses. The Committee evaluated the effectiveness of the system for control and financial reporting systems and policies of the Bank are in place,
monitoring results of management’s actions, both to address deficiencies and adequate, effective and efficient.
pursue opportunities to enhance internal controls and processes.
The Committee reviewed the scope and plan of the annual audit. The ALBERTO S. YAO
Committee met with the external auditors to discuss the results of interim Chairman
audit and confirmation procedures. The Committee’s review of the audited
financial statements included taking into account the relevant issues raised by
the external auditor in the management letters, and the impact of the latest
accounting and regulatory issuances and best practice in good governance.
JOAQUIN T. DEE PHILIP S.L. TSAI
Member Member
108 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY
FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The management of China Banking Corporation (the Bank) is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the
consolidated financial statements including the schedules attached therein, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017,
in accordance with the prescribed financial reporting framework indicated therein, and for such internal control as management
determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Bank’s ability to continue as
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting
unless management either intends to liquidate the Bank or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
The Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Bank’s financial reporting process.
The Board of Directors reviews and approves the consolidated financial statements including the schedules attached therein,
and submits the same to the stockholders.
SyCip Gorres Velayo & Co., the independent auditors appointed by the stockholders, has audited the consolidated financial
statements of the Bank in accordance with Philippine Standards on Auditing, and in its report to the stockholders, has ex.pressed
its opinion on the fairness of presentation upon completion of such audit.
Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of China Banking Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Group) and the parent company
financial statements of China Banking Corporation, which comprise the consolidated and parent company balance sheets as at December 31, 2018
and 2017, and the consolidated and parent company statements of income, consolidated and parent company statements of comprehensive
income, consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity and consolidated and parent company statements of cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and notes to the consolidated and parent company financial statements, including
a summary of significant accounting policies.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated and parent company financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Group and the Parent Company as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and their financial performance and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in accordance with Philippine Financial Reporting Standards (PFRSs).
We conducted our audits in accordance with Philippine Standards on Auditing (PSAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further
described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated and Parent Company Financial Statements section of our report. We
are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants in the Philippines (Code
of Ethics) together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated and parent company financial statements in the
Philippines, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated and parent
company financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated and parent
company financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each
matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated and Parent Company Financial
Statements section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to
respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated and parent company financial statements. The results of our
audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
consolidated and parent company financial statements.
Applicable to the audit of the Consolidated and Parent Company Financial Statements
On January 1, 2018, the Group and the Parent Company adopted Philippine Financial Reporting Standards (PFRS) 9, Financial Instruments. PFRS
9, which replaced PAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, provides revised principles for classifying financial assets and
introduces a forward-looking expected credit loss model to assess impairment on debt financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or
loss and loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. The Group and the Parent Company adopted the modified retrospective approach
in adopting PFRS 9.
As at January 1, 2018 (the transition date), the Group and the Parent Company classified its financial assets based on its business models for
managing these financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. This resulted to transition adjustments that
increased (decreased) surplus and other comprehensive income by (P11.00 million) and P1.68 billion, respectively. Thereafter, the financial assets
were accounted for based on the transition date classification, while newly originated or acquired financial assets were classified based on the
PFRS 9 classification criteria.
The Group’s and the Parent Company’s application of the PFRS 9 classification criteria is significant to our audit as the classification determines how
financial assets are measured and accounted for in the financial statements.
110 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
The disclosures in relation to the adoption of the PFRS 9 classification criteria are included in Note 2 to the financial statements.
Audit Response
We obtained an understanding of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s contracts review process to establish the contractual cash flow
characteristics of debt financial assets, including the identification of standard and non-standard contracts, and reviewed the assessment made by
management by inspecting underlying contracts on a sample basis. We obtained the board approved business models for the Group and the Parent
Company’s portfolios of financial assets. For significant portfolios, we understood how the business performance is measured and evaluated
performance measurement reports.
We checked the appropriateness of the transition adjustments and reviewed the completeness of the disclosures made in the financial statements.
The Group’s and the Parent Company’s adoption of the ECL model is significant to our audit as it involves the exercise of significant management
judgment. Key areas of judgment include: segmenting the Group’s and the Parent Company’s credit risk exposures; determining the method to
estimate ECL; defining default; identifying exposures with significant deterioration in credit quality; determining assumptions to be used in the ECL
model such as the counterparty credit risk rating, the expected life of the financial asset and expected recoveries from defaulted accounts; and
incorporating forward-looking information (called overlays) in calculating ECL.
The application of the ECL model increased the allowance for credit losses as of January 1, 2018 by P3.59 billion and P3.09 billion for Group’s and
Parent Company’s financial statements. Using the ECL model, provision for credit losses of the Group and reversal of credit losses of the Parent
Company for 2018 amounted to P141.08 million and P1.96 million, respectively.
Refer to Notes 2 and 16 of the financial statements or the disclosure on the transition adjustments and details of the allowance for credit losses
using the ECL model, respectively.
Audit Response
We obtained an understanding of the board approved methodologies and models used for the Group’s and the Parent Company’s different credit
exposures and assessed whether these considered the requirements of PFRS 9 to reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted outcome, and to
consider time value of money and the best available forward-looking information. We also inspected and considered the results of PFRS 9 model
validation performed by management’s specialist.
We (a) assessed the Group’s and the Parent Company’s segmentation of its credit risk exposures based on homogeneity of credit risk characteristics;
(b) verified the definition of default and significant increase in credit risk criteria against historical analysis of accounts and credit risk management
policies and practices in place, (c) tested the Group’s and the Parent Company’s application of internal credit risk rating system by reviewing the
ratings of sample credit exposures; (d) inspected the ECL document issued by the third-party service provider engaged by the Group in developing
its ECL models to understand the judgements made by both the Group and the Parent Company’s determine whether statistical tests were
performed to assess model performance; (e) assessed whether expected life is different from the contractual life by testing the maturity dates
reflected in the system of record and considering management’s assumptions regarding future payments, advances, extensions, renewals and
modifications; (f) inspected financial information used to derive baseline probability of default; (g) performed simulation of baseline probability of
default and tested its conversion to forward-looking probability of default; (h) performed trend analysis of expected default generated by third-party
service providers and compared trend with the resulting expected credit loss; (i) tested loss given default by inspecting historical recoveries and
related costs, write-offs and collateral valuations; (j) verified exposure at default considering outstanding commitments and repayment scheme; and
(k) tested the effective interest rate used in discounting the expected loss.
Further, we checked the accuracy and completeness of data used in the ECL models by reconciling data from source system reports to the data
warehouse and from the data warehouse to the loss allowance analysis/models and financial reporting systems.
We recalculated impairment provisions on a sample basis. We checked the appropriateness of the transition adjustments and reviewed the
completeness of the disclosures made in the financial statements.
Under PFRS, the Group and the Parent Company are required to annually test the amount of goodwill for impairment. As of December 31, 2018,
the goodwill recognized in the consolidated and parent company financial statements amounting to P222.84 million is attributed to the Parent
Company’s Retail Banking Business (RBB) segment, while goodwill of P616.91 million in the consolidated financial statements is attributed to the
subsidiary bank, China Bank Savings, Inc. (CBSI). The impairment assessment process requires significant judgment and is based on assumptions,
specifically loan and deposit growth rates, discount rate and the terminal value growth rate.
The Group’s disclosures about goodwill are included in Notes 3, 11 and 14 to the financial statements.
Audit Response
We involved our internal specialist in evaluating the methodologies and the assumptions used. These assumptions include loan and deposit growth
rates, discount rate and the terminal value growth rate. We compared the key assumptions used, such as loan and deposit growth rates against
the historical performance of the RBB and CBSI, industry/market outlook and other relevant external data. We tested the parameters used in the
determination of the discount rate against market data. We also reviewed the Group’s disclosures about those assumptions to which the outcome
of the impairment test is most sensitive; specifically those that have the most significant effect on the determination of the recoverable amount
of goodwill.
The Group has recognized and unrecognized deferred taxes. The recoverability of deferred tax assets recognized depends on the Group’s ability to
continuously generate sufficient future taxable income. The analysis of the recoverability of deferred tax assets was significant to our audit because
the assessment process is complex and judgmental, and is based on assumptions that are affected by expected future market or economic
conditions and the expected performance of the Group.
The disclosures in relation to deferred income taxes are included in Notes 3 and 27 to the financial statements.
Audit Response
We reviewed the management’s assessment on the availability of future taxable income in reference to financial forecast and tax strategies. We
evaluated management’s forecast by comparing loan portfolio and deposit growth rates with that of the industry and the historical performance of
the Group. We also reviewed the timing of the reversal of future taxable and deductible temporary differences.
Other Information
Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the SEC Form 20-IS (Definitive
Information Statement), SEC Form 17A and Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2018, but does not include the consolidated and parent
company financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The SEC Form 20-IS (Definitive Information Statement), SEC Form 17A and Annual
Report for the year ended December 31, 2018 are expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report.
Our opinion on the consolidated and parent company financial statements does not cover the other information and we will not express any form
of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audits of the consolidated and parent company financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information
identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated
and parent company financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audits, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated and Parent Company Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated and parent company financial statements in accordance
with PFRSs, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated and parent company
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated and parent company financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s and Parent
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group and the Parent Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative
but to do so.
Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s and Parent Company’s financial reporting process.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated and Parent Company Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated and parent company financial statements as a whole are free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with PSAs will always detect a material misstatement when
it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated and parent company financial statements.
112 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
As part of an audit in accordance with PSAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We
also:
• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated and parent company financial statements, whether due to fraud or
error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a
basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud
may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances,
but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s and Parent Company’s internal control.
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by
management.
• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained,
whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability
to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the
related disclosures in the consolidated and parent company financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion.
Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause
the Group and the Parent Company to cease to continue as a going concern.
• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated and parent company financial statements, including the disclosures,
and whether the consolidated and parent company financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that
achieves fair presentation.
• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to express
an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit. We remain
solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant
audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence,
and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where
applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit
of the consolidated and parent company financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these
matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we
determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected
to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The supplementary
information required under Revenue Regulations 152010 in Note 37 to the financial statements is presented for purposes of filing with the Bureau
of Internal Revenue and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. Such information is the responsibility of the management of China
Banking Corporation. The information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in our audit of the basic financial statements. In our
opinion, the information is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Ray Francis C. Balagtas.
March 1, 2019
China Bank posted a consolidated net income of P8.1 billion, The Bank’s total assets expanded by 15.3 % to P866.1 billion
7.9% higher than in 2017, driven by the strong growth in core from P751.5 billion, supported by the double-digit growth in
businesses. This translated to a return on equity of 9.54% loans and investments.
and a return on assets of 1.04%.
The 12.6% increase in gross loans to P512.9 billion was led
Total operating income consisting of net interest income by the consumer and corporate segments which grew 20%
and fee-based income reached P28.6 billion, up by 11.1%. and 18%, respectively. The growth in corporate loans was
Net interest income increased P3.3 billion or 16.8% to boosted by the robust investment banking activities of China
P22.9 billion on the back of a robust year-on-year loan Bank Capital which maintained its leadership in retail bond
expansion. The Bank’s consolidated net interest margin was issues. Asset quality remained healthy as the Bank’s non-
recorded at 3.10% from 3.11% last year as higher funding performing loans ratio further improved to 1.2% which was
costs offset the growth in interest revenues. better than industry. NPL cover was higher at 167% from
99% in 2017.
Fee-based income declined P443.4 million or 7.3% mostly
from the trading and securities loss of (P271.6) million arising Total investment securities amounted to P190.2 billion, up by
from rate volatility that affected both the dealership business 48.7% from P128.0 billion. The Bank’s liquidity ratio stood at
and returns on tradable securities. Service charges, fees, 38%, slightly higher than last year’s 36%.
and commissions increased by 13.7% to P2.8 billion from
the upswing in investment banking and transactional fee On the liabilities side, total deposits increased by 13.7% to
revenues. Likewise, gain on sale of investment properties was P722.1 billion from P635.1 billion, of which CASA (demand &
up by 51.4% to P1.0 billion due to higher sales of foreclosed savingsdeposits) totaled P400.8 billion. CASA ratio of 56%
assets. Gain on asset foreclosure and dacion transactions exceeded the 2017-end ratio of 54%. The Bank also issued
also improved by 60.4% to P252.5 million because of the Long-Term Negotiable Certificates of Deposits (LTNCDs)
upside revaluation on foreclosed assets. Meanwhile, trust amounting to P10.25 billion in July 2018.
fees dropped by P70.6 million or 18.8% to P305.8 million
due to the decline in related fees. Miscellaneous income Total capital stood at P87.9 billion, 5.0% higher than last year’s
decreased by 16.8% to P1.3 billion with the booking of one- P83.7 billion. Capital adequacy ratios remained healthy with
off gains last year. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) ratio at 12.16% and total CAR
at 13.09%.
Operating expenses (excluding provision for impairment
and credit losses) increased 13.1% or P2.1 billion to P18.1
billion as the Bank carried out its expansion by investing
in new branches, more people, and up-to-date technology
to support the growth of new businesses. The material
components of operating expenses include compensation &
fringe benefits which accounted for 34% of total operating
expenses, taxes & licenses at 16%, occupancy cost at 13%,
and insurance at 9%. Provision for impairment and credit
losses computed under PFRS-9, totaled P141.1 million.
Inclusive of appropriated retained earnings, total provisions
would amount to P481.5 million.
For 2018, China Bank paid cash dividend of P0.83 per share or
a total of P2.2 billion, which represents a total payout of 30%
of prior year’s net income.
114 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in Thousands)
116 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in Thousands)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR P7,352,890 P7,310,639 P6,069,480 P7,346,083 P7,300,691 P6,068,700
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity holders of the Parent Company P7,346,083 P7,300,691 P6,068,700
Non-controlling interest 6,807 9,948 780
P7,352,890 P7,310,639 P6,069,480
Net Unrealized
(Losses) on
Financial
Assets at Fair
Capital Paid Value through
in Excess of Surplus Other
Capital Stock Par Value Reserves Surplus Comprehensive
(Note 23) (Note 23) (Notes 23 and 28) (Notes 23 and 28) Income (Note 9)
Balance at January 1, 2018 P26,847,717 P17,096,228 P926,689 P40,360,563 P–
Effect of initial application of PFRS 9 (Note 2) – – 2,732,628 (5,372,699) (126,556)
Balance at January 1, 2018, as restated 26,847,717 17,096,228 3,659,317 34,987,864 (126,556)
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year – – – 8,110,379 (575,953)
Transfer from surplus to surplus reserves – – 371,691 (371,691) –
Issuance of common shares (P31.00 per share) 11,281 26,397 – – –
Cash dividends - P0.83 per share – – – (2,229,297) –
Balance at December 31, 2018 P26,858,998 P17,122,625 P4,031,008 P40,497,256 (P702,509)
Balance at January 1, 2017 P20,020,278 P6,987,564 P861,630 P36,889,099 P–
Transfer from surplus to surplus reserves – – 65,059 (65,059) –
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year – – – 7,513,972 –
Issuance of common shares (P31.00 per share) 4,838,710 10,160,753 – – –
Transaction cost on the issuance of common shares – (52,089) – – –
Stock dividends - 8.00% 1,988,729 – – (1,988,729) –
Cash dividends - P0.80 per share – – – (1,988,720) –
Balance at December 31, 2017 P26,847,717 P17,096,228 P926,689 P40,360,563 P–
Balance at January 1, 2016 P18,537,285 P6,987,564 P828,406 P33,800,748 P–
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year – – – 6,458,296 –
Additional acquisition of non-controlling interest – – – – –
Transfer from surplus to surplus reserves – – 33,224 (33,224) –
Stock dividends - 8.00% 1,482,993 – – (1,482,993) –
Cash dividends - P1.00 per share – – – (1,853,728) –
Balance at December 31, 2016 P20,020,278 P6,987,564 P861,630 P36,889,099 P–
118 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Consolidated
Equity Attributable to Equity Holders of the Parent Company
Parent Company
Capital Paid in
Excess of Surplus
Capital Stock Par Value Reserves Surplus
(Note 23) (Note 23) (Notes 23 and 28) (Notes 23 and 28)
Balance at January 1, 2018 P26,847,717 P17,096,228 P926,689 P40,360,563
Effect of initial application of PFRS 9 (Note 2) – – 2,732,628 (5,372,699)
Balance at January 1, 2018, as restated P26,847,717 P17,096,228 P3,659,317 P34,987,864
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year – – – 8,110,379
Transfer from surplus to surplus reserves – – 371,691 (371,691)
Issuance of common shares (P31.00 per share) 11,281 26,397 – –
Cash dividends - P0.83 per share – – (2,229,297)
Balance at December 31, 2018 P26,858,998 P17,122,626 P4,031,008 P40,497,256
Balance at January 1, 2017 P20,020,278 P6,987,564 P861,630 P36,889,099
Transfer from surplus to surplus reserves – – 65,059 (65,059)
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year – – – 7,513,972
Issuance of common shares (P31.00 per share) 4,838,710 10,160,753 – –
Transaction cost on the issuance of common shares – (52,089) – –
Stock dividends - 8.00% 1,988,729 – – (1,988,729)
Cash dividends - P0.80 per share – – – (1,988,720)
Balance at December 31, 2017 P26,847,717 P17,096,228 P926,689 P40,360,563
Balance at January 1, 2016 P18,537,285 P6,987,564 P828,406 P33,800,748
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year – – – 6,458,296
Transfer from surplus to surplus reserves – – 33,224 (33,224)
Stock dividends - 8.00% 1,482,993 – – (1,482,993)
Cash dividends - P1.00 per share – – – (1,853,728)
Balance at December 31, 2016 P20,020,278 P6,987,564 P861,630 P36,889,099
120 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Net Unrealized
(Losses) on
Financial Net Unrealized
Assets at Fair Gains Remeasurement
Value through (Losses) on Gain on Defined
Other Available-for- Benefit Asset or Cumulative Remesasurement
Comprehensive Sale Financial Liability Translation Loss on Life
Income (Note 9) Assets (Note 9) (Note 24) Adjustment Insurance Reserve Total Equity
P– (P1,813,280) P283,763 (P38,698) (P12,221) P83,650,761
(126,556) 1,813,280 – – (953,346)
(P126,556) P– P283,763 (P38,698) (P12,221) P82,697,417
(575,954) – (166,716) (53,001) 31,374 7,346,081
– – – – –
– – – – – 37,678
– – – – – (2,229,297)
(P702,510) P– P117,047 (P91,699) P19,153 P87,851,880
P– (P1,598,600) P253,945 (P22,500) P– P63,391,416
– – – – – –
– (214,680) 29,818 (16,198) (12,221) 7,300,691
– – – – – 14,999,463
– – – – – (52,089)
– – – – – –
– – – – – (1,988,720)
P– (P1,813,280) P283,763 (P38,698) (P12,221) P83,650,761
P– (P1,126,080) P183,155 (P34,634) P– P59,176,444
– (472,520) 70,790 12,134 – 6,068,700
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – (1,853,728)
P– (P1,598,600) P253,945 (P22,500) P– P63,391,416
122 C H I N A BA N K I N G C O R P O R AT I O N
Consolidated Parent Company
Years Ended December 31
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from bills payable P184,568,424 P252,268,556 P18,588,791 P184,568,424 P252,268,556 P18,588,791
Settlement of bills payable (164,859,923) (249,105,524) (20,718,973) (164,859,923) (249,105,524) (20,056,443)
Payments of cash dividends (Note 23) (2,229,297) (1,988,720) (1,853,728) (2,229,297) (1,988,720) (1,853,728)
Acquisitions of non-controlling interest (Note 11) – – (452) – – –
Proceeds from issuance of common shares (Note 23) 37,678 14,999,463 – 37,678 14,999,463 –
Transaction cost on the issuance of common shares
(Note 23) – (52,089) – (52,089)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 17,516,882 16,121,687 (3,984,362) 17,516,882 16,121,687 (3,321,380)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS (6,586,585) 26,810,502 (180,277) (8,657,174) 25,755,846 2,278,455
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING
OF YEAR
Cash and other cash items 12,685,984 12,010,543 11,377,101 11,160,173 10,580,748 10,052,891
Due from Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (Note 7) 98,490,014 91,964,495 86,318,501 91,717,037 85,307,128 77,003,616
Due from other banks (Note 7) 15,641,476 11,332,236 21,243,492 14,066,620 9,689,165 19,200,544
Interbank Loans Receivable and SPURA (Note 8) 18,751,845 3,451,543 – 17,347,522 2,958,465 –
145,569,319 118,758,817 118,939,094 134,291,352 108,535,506 106,257,051
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
Cash and other cash items 15,639,474 12,685,984 12,010,543 13,705,304 11,160,173 10,580,748
Due from Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (Note 7) 101,889,773 98,490,014 91,964,495 95,092,944 91,717,037 85,307,128
Due from other banks (Note 7) 9,455,447 15,641,476 11,332,236 7,837,894 14,066,620 9,689,165
Securities purchased under resale agreements (Note 8) 11,998,040 18,751,845 3,451,543 8,998,040 17,347,522 2,958,465
P138,982,734 P145,569,319 P118,758,817 P125,634,182 P134,291,352 P108,535,506
1. CORPORATE INFORMATION
China Banking Corporation (the Parent Company) is a publicly listed universal bank incorporated in the Philippines. The Parent Company
acquired its universal banking license in 1991. It provides expanded commercial banking products and services such as deposit products,
loans and trade finance, domestic and foreign fund transfers, treasury products, trust products, foreign exchange, corporate finance and
other investment banking services through a network of 458 and 436 local branches as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Parent Company acquired its original Certification of Incorporation issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on
July 20, 1920. On December 4, 1963, the Board of Directors (BOD) of the Parent Company approved the Amended Articles of Incorporation
to extend the corporate term of the Parent Company for another 50 years or until July 20, 2020, which was confirmed by the stockholders
on December 23, 1963, and approved by the SEC on October 5, 1964. On March 2, 2016, the BOD approved the amendment of the
Third Article of the Parent Company’s Articles of Incorporation, to further extend the corporate term for another 50 years from and after
July 20, 2020, the expiry date of its extended term. The approval was ratified by the stockholders during their scheduled annual meeting
on May 5, 2016. On November 7, 2016, the SEC issued the Certificate of Filing of Amended Articles of Incorporation, amending the Third
Article thereof to extend the term of corporate existence of the Parent Company.
Effective Percentages of
Ownership Country of
Subsidiary 2018 2017 Incorporation Principal Activities
Chinabank Insurance Brokers, Inc. (CIBI) 100.00% 100.00% Philippines Insurance brokerage
CBC Properties and Computer Center, Inc. (CBC-PCCI) 100.00% 100.00% Philippines Computer services
China Bank Savings, Inc. (CBSI) 98.29% 98.29% Philippines Retail and consumer banking
China Bank Capital Corporation (CBCC) 100.00% 100.00% Philippines Investment house
CBC Assets One (SPC) Inc. 100.00% 100.00% Philippines Special purpose corporation
China Bank Securities Corporation (CBCSec)* 100.00% 100.00% Philippines Stock Brokerage
*Obtained control on March 6, 2017, 100% owned through CBCC (see note 11)
The Parent Company has no ultimate parent company. SM Investments Corporation, its significant investor, has effective ownership in the
Parent Company of 20.30% and 19.90% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Parent Company’s principal place of business is at 8745 Paseo de Roxas cor. Villar St., Makati City.
Basis of Preparation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries (collectively
referred to as “the Group”).
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments at fair value through
profit or loss (FVPL), financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets.
The financial statements are presented in Philippine peso, and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand peso except when otherwise
indicated.
The financial statements of the Parent Company reflect the accounts maintained in the Regular Banking Unit (RBU) and Foreign Currency
Deposit Unit (FCDU). The financial statements of these units are combined after eliminating inter-unit accounts.
Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured
using that functional currency. The functional currency of the Parent Company’s subsidiaries is the Philippine peso.
1
Statement of Compliance
The financial statements of the Group and the Parent Company have been prepared in compliance with Philippine Financial Reporting
Standards (PFRS).
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheets only when there is a legally enforceable
right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liability
simultaneously. The Group and the Parent Company assess that they have currently enforceable right of offset if the right is not contingent
on a future event, and is legally enforceable in the normal course of business, event of default, and event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the
Group, the Parent Company and all of the counterparties.
Income and expenses are not offset in the statement of income unless required or permitted by any accounting standard or interpretation,
and as specifically disclosed in the accounting policies of the Group and the Parent Company.
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Parent Company.
The Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:
• power over the investee (i.e., existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);
• exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
• the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.
When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances
in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:
• the contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee
• rights arising from other contractual arrangements
• the Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.
The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of
the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when
the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year
are included in the statement of comprehensive income from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the
subsidiary. Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the equity holders of the Group and
to the non-controlling interests. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of the subsidiary to bring its accounting
policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating
to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.
A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. If the Group loses
control over a subsidiary, it:
Non-controlling interest is presented separately in the consolidated statement of income, consolidated statement of comprehensive income,
and within equity in the consolidated balance sheet, separately from parent shareholders’ equity. Any losses applicable to the non-controlling
interest are allocated against the interests of the non-controlling interest even if this results in the non-controlling interest having a deficit
balance.
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year except for the following new, amendments and
improvements to PFRS, Philippine Accounting Standards (PAS) and Philippine Interpretation which became effective as of January 1, 2018.
Except as otherwise indicated, these changes in the accounting policies did not have any significant impact on the financial position or
performance of the Group:
Standard that has been adopted and that is deemed to have significant impact on the financial statements or performance of the Group is
described below:
Under the modified retrospective approach, the Group did not restate the prior-period comparative consolidated financial statements and
remains to report the comparative information for 2017 and 2016 under PAS 39. Accordingly, the 2017 and 2016 comparative financial
statements are not comparable to the information presented for 2018. Differences in the carrying amounts of financial instruments resulting
from the adoption of PFRS 9 are recognized in the opening January 1, 2018 surplus and OCI as if the Group had always followed the new
requirements.
As a result of applying PFRS 9’s requirements on classification and measurement of financial assets, the opening January 1, 2018 equity in
the Group’s and Parent Company’s balance sheet increased by P1.78 billion and P1.67 billion, respectively, before deferred tax effects. This
change resulted from reclassifications of financial assets depending on the Group’s and the Parent Company’s application of its business
models and its assessment of the financial assets’ cash flow characteristics. However, applying PFRS 9’s requirements on the recognition of
expected credit losses decreased the opening January 1, 2018 equity in the Group’s and Parent Company’s balance sheet by P3.59 billion and
P3.09 billion, respectively, before deferred tax effects. Impairment under ECL is now dependent upon whether there have been significant
increases in the credit risk of the Group’s and Parent Company’s financial assets since initial recognition and on the Group’s and Parent
Company’s evaluation of factors relevant to the measurement of expected credit losses such as a range of possible outcomes and information
about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. Deferred tax asset recognized due to adoption of PFRS
9 amounted to P0.81 billion for the Group and P0.80 billion for the Parent Company.
The accounting policies adopted by the Group as a result of adopting PFRS 9 are discussed in page 8.
The adoption of PFRS 9 did not have an impact on the classification and measurement of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s financial
liabilities and on the application of hedge accounting.
3
The impact of adopting PFRS 9 as of January 1, 2018 follows (amounts in thousands):
Consolidated
PAS 39 Remeasurement PFRS 9
Category Amount Re-classifications ECL Other Category Amount
Assets
Cash and other cash items Loans and receivables P12,685,984 P− P− P− Amortised cost P12,685,984
Due from BSP Loans and receivables 98,490,014 − − − Amortised cost 98,490,014
Due from Other Banks Loans and receivables 15,641,476 − − − Amortised cost 15,641,476
SPURA Loans and receivables 18,751,845 − − − Amortised cost 18,751,845
Loans and receivables Loans and receivables 448,970,942 (1,000,040) (1,781,992) − Amortised cost 446,188,910
Accrued interest receivable Loans and receivables 3,718,505 − (36,195) − Amortised cost 3,682,310
Other financial assets Loans and receivables 4,412,643 − (14,459) − Amortised cost 4,398,184
Held for trading FVPL 12,493,615 2,446,099 − (8,133) FVPL (mandatory) 14,931,581
Financial assets designated
at FVPL FVPL 3,411,686 (3,411,686) − − FVPL (designated) −
Derivative assets FVPL 333,587 − − − FVPL (mandatory) 333,587
Investment securities AFS 46,445,391 (39,153,620) 82,267 FVOCI 7,374,038
HTM 65,286,267 41,119,247 (89,344) 1,703,105 Amortised cost 108,019,275
P730,641,955 P− (P1,921,990) P1,777,239 P730,497,204
Liabilities
Loan commitments and financial guarantee
contracts P− P− (P1,670,992) P− P−
Consolidated
Balance at January 1, 2018
Equity Balance at January 1, 2018 Transition adjustments (as restated)
Surplus P40,360,563 (P5,372,699) P34,987,865
Surplus reserves 926,689 2,732,628 3,659,317
NUGL (1,813,280) 1,686,724 (126,556)
P39,473,972 (P953,346) P38,520,626
Parent Company
PAS 39 Remeasurement PFRS 9
Category Amount Re-classifications ECL Other Category Amount
Assets
Cash and other cash items Loans and receivables P11,160,173 P− P− P− Amortised cost P11,160,173
Due from BSP Loans and receivables 91,717,037 − − − Amortised cost 91,717,037
Due from Other Banks Loans and receivables 14,066,620 − − − Amortised cost 14,066,620
SPURA Loans and receivables 17,347,522 − − − Amortised cost 17,347,522
Loans and receivables Loans and receivables 386,554,498 (1,000,040) (1,390,961) − Amortised cost 384,163,497
Accrued interest receivable Loans and receivables 3,189,083 − − − Amortised cost 3,189,083
Other financial assets Loans and receivables 2,135,717 − − − Amortised cost 2,135,717
Held for trading FVPL 12,311,550 2,581,497 − (8,133) FVPL (mandatory) 14,884,914
Financial assets designated
at FVPL FVPL 3,411,686 (3,411,686) − − FVPL (designated) −
Derivative assets FVPL 333,587 − − − FVPL (mandatory) 333,587
Investment securities AFS 42,937,083 (37,714,189) − 102,267 FVOCI 5,325,161
HTM 61,533,493 39,544,418 (83,618) 1,578,921 Amortised cost 102,573,214
P646,698,049 P− (P1,474,579) P1,673,055 P646,896,525
Liabilities
Loan commitments and financial guarantee
contracts P− P− (P1,614,933) P− P−
b. a portion of its AFS investments and held-to-maturity investments with carrying value of P2.32 billion and P2.78 billion, respectively, as
FVTPL investments. These instruments either did not have contractual cash flows that were solely payments for principal and interests,
or were intended for active trading and were held with the intention to sell.
Had the FVPL securities not been transferred, additional fair value loss of P389.47 million would have been charged to profit or loss.
In addition, the Group has presented separately the interest revenue, calculated using effective interest method, from other interest revenue.
As a result, Interest income on Investment securities at amortized cost and FVOCI is presented separately from Interest income on trading
securities at fair value through profit or loss. Previously, these interest income items were presented together as Interest income on trading
and investment securities.
PFRS 15 requires entities to exercise judgement, taking into consideration all of the relevant facts and circumstances when applying each
step of the model to contracts with their customers. The standard also specifies the accounting for the incremental costs of obtaining a
contract and the costs directly related to fulfilling a contract. In addition, the standard requires extensive disclosures.
The Group adopted PFRS 15 using the modified retrospective method of adoption with the date of initial application of January 1, 2018.
Under this method, the standard can be applied either to all contracts at the date of initial application or only to contracts that are not
completed at this date. The Group elected to apply the standard to all contracts as at January 1, 2018.
There were no adjustments recognized to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application as an effect of initially
applying PFRS 15. Also, the comparative information was not restated and continues to be reported under PAS 11, PAS 18 and related
Interpretations.
Therefore, upon the adoption of PFRS 15, there were no adjustments recognized as at January 1 and December 31, 2018.
5
Significant Accounting Policies
Foreign Currency Translation
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Philippine peso, which is the Parent Company’s functional currency.
FCDU
As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of the FCDU are translated into the Parent Company’s presentation currency (the Philippine
Peso) at the PDS closing rate prevailing at the reporting date, and its income and expenses are translated at the PDSWAR for the year.
Exchange differences arising on translation are taken directly to the statement of comprehensive income under ‘Cumulative translation
adjustment’. Upon actual remittance or transfer of the FCDU income to RBU, the related exchange difference arising from translation lodged
under ‘Cumulative translation adjustment’ is recognized in the statement of income of the RBU books.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability
takes place either:
The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group. The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using
the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic
best interest.
If an asset or a liability measured at fair value has a bid price and an ask price, the price within the bid - ask spread that is most representative
of fair value in the circumstances shall be used to measure fair value regardless of where the input is categorized within the fair value hierarchy.
A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the
asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.
The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair
value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy,
described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
• Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
• Level 2 - Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly
observable
• Level 3 - Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable
For assets and liabilities that are recognized in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have
occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorization (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.
‘Day 1’ difference
Where the transaction price in a non-active market is different with the fair value from other observable current market transactions in the
same instrument or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable market, the Group recognizes the
difference between the transaction price and fair value (a ‘Day 1’ difference) in the statement of income. In cases where the transaction
price used is made of data which is not observable, the difference between the transaction price and model value is only recognized in
the statement of income when the inputs become observable or when the instrument is derecognized. For each transaction, the Group
determines the appropriate method of recognizing the ‘Day 1’ difference amount.
As part of its classification process, the Group assesses the contractual terms of financial assets to identify whether they meet the ‘solely
payments of principal and interest’ (SPPI) test. ‘Principal’ for the purpose of this test is defined as the fair value of the financial asset at initial
recognition and may change over the life of the financial asset (e.g. if there are repayments of principal or amortization of the premium or
discount).
The most significant elements of interest within a lending arrangement are typically the consideration for the time value of money and credit
risk. To make the SPPI assessment, the Bank applies judgement and considers relevant factors such as the currency in which the financial
asset is denominated, and the period for which the interest rate is set. In contrast, contractual terms that introduce a more than de minimis
exposure to risks or volatility in the contractual cash flows that are unrelated to a basic lending arrangement do not give rise to contractual
cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the amount outstanding. In such cases, the financial asset is required to be
measured at FVTPL.
The Group determines its business model at the level that best reflects how it manages groups of financial assets to achieve its business
objective.
The Bank’s business model is not assessed on an instrument-by-instrument basis, but at a higher level of aggregated portfolios and is based
on observable factors such as:
• how the performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model are evaluated and reported to the
entity’s key management personnel
• the risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business model) and, in particular,
the way those risks are managed
• how managers of the business are compensated (for example, whether the compensation is based on the fair value of the assets
managed or on the contractual cash flows collected)
• the expected frequency, value and timing of sales are also important aspects of the Group’s assessment
The business model assessment is based on reasonably expected scenarios without taking ‘worst case’ or ‘stress case’ scenarios into
account. If cash flows after initial recognition are realized in a way that is different from the Group’s original expectations, the Group does not
change the classification of the remaining financial assets held in that business model, but incorporates such information when assessing
newly originated or newly purchased financial assets going forward.
7
The Group’s measurement categories are described below:
Financial assets meeting these criteria are measured initially at fair value plus transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortized
cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment in value.
The Group’s investment securities at amortized cost are presented in the statement of financial position as Due from BSP, Due from other
banks, Interbank loans receivable and SPURA, investment securities at amortized cost, Loans and receivables, Accrued interest receivables
and certain accounts under Other assets.
The Group may irrevocably elect at initial recognition to classify a financial asset that meets the amortized cost criteria above as at FVTPL if
that designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch had the financial asset been measured at amortized cost.
Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value. Related transaction costs are recognized directly as expense in profit or loss. Gains and
losses arising from changes (mark-to-market) in the fair value of the financial assets at FVTPL and gains or losses arising from disposals of
these instruments are included in ‘Gains (losses) on trading and investment securities’ account in the statements of income.
Interest recognized based on the modified effective interest rate of these investments is reported in statements of income under ‘Interest
income’ account while dividend income is reported in statements of income under ‘Miscellaneous income’ account when the right of payment
has been established.
Financial assets at FVOCI are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value, with no
deduction for any disposal costs. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income and
accumulated in Net unrealized fair value gains (losses) on investment securities in the statements of financial position. When the asset
is disposed of, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in the Net unrealized fair value gains (losses) on investment securities
account is not reclassified to profit or loss, but is reclassified directly to Surplus free account. Any dividends earned on holding these equity
instruments are recognized in profit or loss under ‘Miscellaneous Income’ account.
FVOCI debt instruments are subsequently measured at fair value with gains and losses arising due to changes in fair value being recognized
in OCI. Interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss in the same manner as for financial assets
measured at amortized cost. The ECL calculation for financial assets at FVOCI is explained in the ‘Impairment of Financial Assets’ section.
On derecognition, cumulative gains or losses previously recognized in OCI are reclassified from OCI to profit or loss.
A change in the objective of the Group’s business model will be effected only at the beginning of the next reporting period following the
change in the business model.
ECL represent credit losses that reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted amount which is determined by evaluating a range of possible
outcomes, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of
future economic conditions. ECL allowances are measured at amounts equal to either (i) 12-month ECL or (ii) lifetime ECL for those financial
instruments which have experienced a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since initial recognition (General Approach). The 12-month ECL
is the portion of lifetime ECL that results from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting
date. Lifetime ECL are credit losses that results from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.
The Group uses internal credit assessment and approvals at various levels to determine the credit risk of exposures at initial recognition.
Assessment can be quantitative or qualitative and depends on the materiality of the facility or the complexity of the portfolio to be assessed.
The Group defines a financial instrument as in default, which is fully aligned with the definition of credit impaired, in all cases when the
borrower becomes at least 90 days past due on its contractual payments. As a part of a qualitative assessment of whether a customer is in
default, the Group also considers a variety of instances that may indicate unlikeliness to pay. When such events occur, the Group carefully
considers whether the event should result in treating the customer as defaulted. An instrument is considered to be no longer in default (i.e.,
to have cured) when it no longer meets any of the default criteria for a consecutive period of 180 days (i.e. consecutive payments from the
borrowers for 180 days).
The criteria for determining whether credit risk has increased significantly vary by portfolio and include quantitative changes in probabilities of
default and qualitative factors such as downgrade in the credit rating of the borrowers and a backstop based on delinquency. The credit risk
of a particular exposure is deemed to have increased significantly since initial recognition if, based on the Group’s internal credit assessment,
the borrower or counterparty is determined to require close monitoring or with well-defined credit weaknesses. For exposures without internal
credit grades, if contractual payments are more than a specified days past due threshold (i.e. 30 days), the credit risk is deemed to have
increased significantly since initial recognition. Days past due are determined by counting the number of days since the earliest elapsed due
date in respect of which full payment has not been received. In subsequent reporting periods, if the credit risk of the financial instrument
improves such that there is no longer a SICR since initial recognition, the Bank shall revert to recognizing a 12-month ECL.
ECL is a function of the PD, EAD and LGD, with the timing of the loss also considered, and is estimated by incorporating forward-looking
economic information and through the use of experienced credit judgment.
The PD represents the likelihood that a credit exposure will not be repaid and will go into default in either a 12-month horizon for Stage 1 or
lifetime horizon for Stage 2. EAD represents an estimate of the outstanding amount of credit exposure at the time a default may occur. For
off-balance sheet and undrawn amounts, EAD includes an estimate of any further amounts to be drawn at the time of default. LGD is the
amount that may not be recovered in the event of default. LGD takes into consideration the amount and quality of any collateral held. Please
refer to Note 6 for other information related to the Bank’s models for PD, EAD, and LGD.
The calculation of ECLs, including the estimation of PD, EAD, LGD and discount rate is made, on an individual basis for most of the Group’s
financial assets, and on a collective basis for retail products such as credit card receivables. The collective assessments are made separately
for portfolios of facilities with similar credit risk characteristics.
9
In certain circumstances, the Bank modifies the original terms and conditions of a credit exposure to form a new loan agreement or
payment schedule. The modifications can be given depending on the borrower’s or counterparty’s current or expected financial difficulty.
The modifications may include, but are not limited to, change in interest rate and terms, principal amount, maturity date, date and amount
of periodic payments and accrual of interest and charges. Distressed restructuring with indications of unlikeliness to pay are categorized as
impaired accounts and are moved to Stage 3.
• the designation eliminates or significantly reduces the inconsistent treatment that would otherwise arise from measuring the assets or
liabilities or recognizing gains or losses on them on a different basis; or
• the assets and liabilities are part of a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both which are managed and their performance
evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; or
• the financial instrument contains an embedded derivative, unless the embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows
or it is clear, with little or no analysis, that it would not be separately recorded.
Financial instruments at FVPL are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in ‘Trading and securities
gain - net’ in the statement of income. Interest earned or incurred is reported in the statement of income under ‘Interest income’ or ‘Interest
expense’, respectively, while dividend income is reported in the statement of income under ‘Miscellaneous income’ when the right to receive
payment has been established.
As of December 31, 2017, financial assets designated as at FVPL consist of instruments in shares of stocks.
Derivative instruments
The Parent Company is a party to derivative instruments, particularly, forward exchange contracts, interest rate swaps (IRS) and warrants.
These contracts are entered into as a service to customers and as a means of reducing and managing the Parent Company’s foreign
exchange risk, and interest rate risk as well as for trading purposes, but are not designated as hedges. Such derivative financial instruments
are stated at fair value through profit or loss.
Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken directly to
the statement of income under ‘Foreign exchange gain (loss) - net’ for forward exchange contracts and ‘Trading and securities gain-net’ for
IRS and warrants.
Embedded derivatives that are bifurcated from the host financial and non-financial contracts are also accounted for as financial instruments
at FVPL.
An embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative if all of the following conditions are met:
(a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to the economic characteristic of the
host contract; (b) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative; and
(c) the hybrid or combined instrument is not recognized at fair value through profit or loss.
The Group assesses whether embedded derivatives are required to be separated from the host contracts when the Group first becomes a
party to the contract. Reassessment of embedded derivatives is only done when there are changes in the contract that significantly modifies
the contractual cash flows that would otherwise be required. The accounting policy on embedded derivatives in host financial liability and
non-financial contracts is still applied under PFRS 9.
After initial measurement, these investments are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any
impairment in value. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees that are an integral
part of the effective interest rate (EIR). The amortization is included in ‘Interest income’ in the statement of income. Gains and losses are
recognized in income when the HTM financial assets are derecognized and impaired, as well as through the amortization process. The losses
arising from impairment of such investments are recognized in the statement of income under ‘Provision for impairment and credit losses’.
The effects of translation of foreign currency-denominated HTM financial assets are recognized in the statement of income. This account
consists of government and corporate debt securities.
• those that the Group intends to sell immediately or in the near term and those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as
FVPL;
• those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as AFS; and
• those for which the Group may not cover substantially all of its initial investment, other than because of credit deterioration.
After initial measurement, these are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less allowance for
impairment. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees and costs that are an
integral part of the EIR. The amortization is included under ‘Interest income’ in the statement of income. The losses arising from impairment
are recognized under ‘Provision for impairment and credit losses’ in the statement of income.
After initial measurement, AFS financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value. The effective yield component of AFS debt securities,
as well as the impact of translation of foreign currency-denominated AFS debt securities, is reported in the statement of income. The
unrealized gains and losses arising from the fair valuation of AFS financial assets are excluded, net of tax, from reported earnings and are
reported as ‘Net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS financial assets’ under OCI.
When the security is disposed of, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is recognized as ‘Trading and securities gain - net’
in the statement of income. Interest earned on holding AFS debt securities are reported as ‘Interest income’ using the EIR. Dividends earned
on holding AFS equity instruments are recognized in the statement of income as ‘Miscellaneous income’ when the right to the payment has
been established. The losses arising from impairment of such investments are recognized as ‘Provision for impairment and credit losses’ in
the statement of income.
After initial measurement, other financial liabilities not qualified and not designated as at FVPL are subsequently measured at amortized cost
using the effective interest method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on the issue and fees that
are an integral part of the EIR.
11
This accounting policy relates to the balance sheet captions ‘Deposit liabilities’, ‘Bills payable’, ‘Manager’s checks’, and financial liabilities
presented under ‘Accrued interest and other expenses’ and ‘Other liabilities’.
The Group may reclassify a non-derivative trading asset out of HFT investments and into the Loans and Receivable category if it meets the
definition of loans and receivables, the Group has the intention and ability to hold the financial assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity
and only in rare circumstances. If a financial asset is reclassified, and if the Group subsequently increases its estimates of future cash receipts
as a result of increased recoverability of those cash receipts, the effect of that increase is recognized as an adjustment to the EIR from the
date of the change in estimate.
For a financial asset reclassified out of the AFS financial assets category, any previous gain or loss on that asset that has been recognized in
OCI is amortized to profit or loss over the remaining life of the investment using the effective interest method. Any difference between the new
amortized cost and the expected cash flows is also amortized over the remaining life of the asset using the effective interest method. If the
asset is subsequently determined to be impaired then the amount recorded in OCI is recycled to the statement of income. Reclassification
is at the election of management, and is determined on an instrument by instrument basis. The Group does not reclassify any financial
instrument into the FVPL category after initial recognition. An analysis of reclassified financial assets is disclosed in Note 9.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the
asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred).
The present value of the estimated future cash flows is discounted at the financial asset’s original EIR.
If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current EIR, adjusted for the original credit risk
premium. The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralized financial asset reflects the cash flows that
may result from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.
The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through use of an allowance account and the amount of loss is charged to the statement of
income. Interest income continues to be recognized based on the original EIR of the asset. The financial assets, together with the associated
allowance accounts, are written off when there is no realistic prospect of future recovery and all collateral has been realized.
If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not,
it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses for impairment. Those
characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for
which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognized are not included in a collective assessment for impairment.
For the purpose of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of such credit risk characteristics as
industry, collateral type, past-due status and term. Future cash flows in a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for
impairment are estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group.
Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect
the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist
currently. Estimates of changes in future cash flows reflect, and are directionally consistent with changes in related observable data from
period to period (such as changes in unemployment rates, property prices, commodity prices, payment status, or other factors that are
indicative of incurred losses in the Group and their magnitude). The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are
reviewed regularly by the Group to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.
In the case of equity investments classified as AFS financial assets, this would include a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the
investments below its cost. Where there is evidence of impairment, the cumulative loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition
cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in the statement of income - is removed
from OCI and recognized in the statement of income. Impairment losses on equity investments are not reversed through the statement of
income. Increases in fair value after impairment are recognized directly in OCI.
In the case of debt instruments classified as AFS financial assets, impairment is assessed based on the same criteria as financial assets
carried at amortized cost. However, the amount recorded for impairment is the cumulative loss measured as the difference between the
amortized cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that investment previously recognized in profit or loss. Future interest
income is based on the reduced carrying amount and is accrued based on the rate of interest used to discount future cash flows for the
purpose of measuring impairment loss. Such accrual is recorded as part of ‘Interest income’ in the statement of income. If, in subsequent
years, the fair value of a debt instrument increased and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss
was recognized in the statement of income, the impairment loss is reversed through the statement of income.
Restructured loans
Where possible, the Group seeks to restructure loans rather than to take possession of collateral. This may involve extending the payment
arrangements and the agreement of new loan conditions. Once the terms have been renegotiated, the loan is no longer considered past due.
Management continuously reviews restructured loans to ensure that all criteria are met and that future payments are likely to occur. The loans
continue to be subject to an individual or collective impairment assessment, calculated using the loan’s original EIR. The difference between
the recorded value of the original loan and the present value of the restructured cash flows, discounted at the original EIR, is recognized in
‘Provision for impairment and credit losses’ in the statement of income.
Collateral valuation
To mitigate its credit risks on financial assets, the Group seeks to use collateral, where possible. The collateral comes in various forms, such
as cash, securities, letters of credit/guarantees, real estate, receivables, inventories, other non-financial assets and credit enhancements
such as netting agreements. Collateral, unless repossessed, is not recorded on the Group’s balance sheets. However, the fair value of
collateral affects the calculation of loss allowances. It is generally assessed, at a minimum, at inception and re-assessed on an annual basis.
To the extent possible, the Group uses active market data for valuing financial assets held as collateral. Other financial assets which do
not have readily determinable market values are valued using models. Non-financial collateral, such as real estate, is valued based on data
provided by internal or external appraisers.
• the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or
• the Group retains the right to receive cash flows from the asset, but has assumed an obligation to pay them in full without material delay
to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; or
• the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and
rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained the risks and rewards of the asset but has transferred control of the
asset.
Where the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass-through arrangement, and has
neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognized
to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the
transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the
Group could be required to repay.
13
Financial liabilities
A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or has expired. Where an existing financial
liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially
modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the
difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the statement of income.
Write-offs
Financial assets are written off either partially or in their entirety when the Group no longer expects collections or recoveries within a foreseeable
future. If the amount to be written off is greater than the accumulated loss allowance, the difference is first treated as an addition to the
allowance that is then applied against the gross carrying amount. Any subsequent recoveries are credited to credit loss expense.
Investment in Associates
Associates pertain to all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of
between 20.00% and 50.00% of the voting rights. In the consolidated and parent company financial statements, investments in associates
are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
Under the equity method, an investment in an associate is carried in the balance sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s
share of the net assets of the associates. Goodwill, if any, relating to an associate is included in the carrying value of the investment and is
not amortized. The statement of income reflects the share of the results of operations of the associate. Where there has been a change
recognized directly in the equity of the associate, the Group recognizes its share of any changes and discloses this, when applicable, in the
statement of changes in equity.
When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables,
the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Profits or losses
resulting from transactions between the Group and an associate are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the associate.
Dividends earned on this investment are recognized in the Parent Company’s statement of income as a reduction from the carrying value of
the investment.
The financial statements of the associate are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company. Where necessary, adjustments
are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group.
Upon loss of significant influence over the associate, the Group measures and recognizes any retained investment at its fair value. Any
difference between the carrying amount of the associate upon loss of significant influence and the fair value of the retained investment and
proceeds from disposal is recognized in profit or loss.
Investment in Subsidiaries
In the parent company financial statements, investment in subsidiaries is accounted for under the equity method of accounting similar to the
investment in associates.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation
in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the
separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree
is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes
to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability, will be recognized in accordance with PAS 39,
either in profit or loss or as a charge to OCI. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not be remeasured until it is finally
settled within equity.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the aggregate of fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount
recognized for non-controlling interest over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than
the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized in profit or loss as gain on bargain purchase under
‘Miscellaneous income’.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may be
impaired. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the date of acquisition, allocated to
each of the Group’s cash generating units (CGU), or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination,
irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units or group of units. Each unit or group of units to
which the goodwill is allocated:
• represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes; and
• is not larger than an operating segment identified for segment reporting purposes.
Where goodwill forms part of a CGU (or group of CGUs) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with
the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the CGU
retained.
Cash Dividend and Non-cash Distribution to Equity Holders of the Parent Company
The Group recognizes a liability to make cash or non-cash distributions to equity holders of the parent company when the distribution is
authorized and the distribution is no longer at the discretion of the Group.
Non-cash distributions are measured at the fair value of the assets to be distributed with fair value remeasurement recognized directly in
equity.
Upon distribution of non-cash assets, any difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the carrying amount of the assets
distributed is recognized in the statement of income.
Construction-in-progress is stated at cost less any impairment in value. The initial cost comprises its construction cost and any directly
attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use, including borrowing costs. Construction-in-
progress is not depreciated until such time that the relevant assets are completed and put into operational use.
Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life (EUL) of the depreciable assets as
follows:
EUL
Buildings 50 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements Shorter of 6 years or the related lease terms
The depreciation and amortization method and useful life are reviewed periodically to ensure that the method and period of depreciation and
amortization are consistent with the expected pattern of economic benefits from items of bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment
and leasehold improvements.
An item of bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected
from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the statement of income in the year the asset is derecognized.
Investment Properties
Investment properties include real properties acquired in settlement of loans and receivables which are measured initially at cost, including
certain transaction costs. Investment properties acquired through a nonmonetary asset exchange is measured initially at fair value unless
(a) the exchange lacks commercial substance or (b) the fair value of neither the asset received nor the asset given up is reliably measurable.
The difference between the fair value of the investment property upon foreclosure and the carrying value of the loan is recognized under
‘Gain on asset foreclosure and dacion transactions’ in the statement of income. Subsequent to initial recognition, depreciable investment
properties are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment in value except for land which is stated at cost
less impairment in value.
15
Expenditures incurred after the investment properties have been put into operation, such as repairs and maintenance costs, are normally
charged to income in the period in which the costs are incurred.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis using the remaining EUL of the building and improvement components of investment
properties which ranged from 10 to 33 years from the time of acquisition of the investment properties.
Investment properties are derecognized when they have either been disposed of or when the investment properties are permanently
withdrawn from use and no future benefit is expected from their disposal. Any gains or losses on the derecognition of an investment property
are recognized as ‘Gain on sale of investment properties’ in the statement of income in the year of derecognition.
Transfers are made to investment properties when, and only when, there is a change in use evidenced by ending of owner occupation,
commencement of an operating lease to another party or ending of construction or development. Transfers are made from investment
properties when, and only when, there is a change in use evidenced by commencement of owner occupation or commencement of
development with a view to sale.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets include software cost and branch licenses resulting from the Parent Company’s acquisition of CBSI, Unity Bank and
Planters Development Bank (PDB) (Notes 11 and 14).
Software costs
Costs related to software purchased by the Group for use in operations are amortized on a straight-line basis over 3 to 10 years. The
amortization method and useful life are reviewed periodically to ensure that the method and period of amortization are consistent with the
expected pattern of economic benefits embodied in the asset.
Branch licenses
The branch licenses are initially measured at fair value as of the date of acquisition and are deemed to have an indefinite useful life as there
is no foreseeable limit to the period over which they are expected to generate net cash inflows for the Group.
Such intangible assets are not amortized, instead they are tested for impairment annually either individually or at the CGU level. Impairment
is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU (or group of CGUs) to which the intangible asset relates. Recoverable
amount is the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its
carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized.
Gains and losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and
the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in earnings when the asset is derecognized.
Recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s (or CGU’s) fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual
asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which
case the recoverable amount is assessed as part of the CGU to which it belongs. Where the carrying amount of an asset (or CGU) exceeds
its recoverable amount, the asset (or CGU) is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use,
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset (or CGU).
For nonfinancial assets, excluding goodwill and branch licenses, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any
indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable
amount is estimated. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed, except for goodwill, only if there has been a change in the
estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying
amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have
been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in
the statement of income. After such a reversal, the depreciation expense is adjusted in future years to allocate the asset’s revised carrying
amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining life.
(a) there is a change in contractual terms, other than a renewal or extension of the arrangement; or
(b) a renewal option is exercised or extension granted, unless that term of the renewal or extension was initially included in the lease term; or
(c) there is a change in the determination of whether fulfillment is dependent on a specified asset; or
(d) there is a substantial change to the asset.
Where a reassessment is made, lease accounting shall commence or cease from the date when the change in circumstances gave rise to
the reassessment for scenarios (a), (c), or (d) above, and at the date of renewal or extension period for scenario (b).
Group as a lessee
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Operating
lease payments are recognized as an expense in the statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term and included in
‘Occupancy cost’ in the statement of income.
Group as a lessor
Leases where the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the assets are classified as operating leases.
Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating operating leases are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized over the lease
term on the same basis as the rental income. Contingent rents are recognized as revenue in the period in which they are earned.
Capital Stock
Capital stocks are recorded at par. Proceeds in excess of par value are recognized under equity as ‘Capital paid in excess of par value’ in the
balance sheet. Incremental costs incurred which are directly attributable to the issuance of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction
from proceeds, net of tax.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably
measured, regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable,
taking into account contractually defined terms of payment and excluding taxes or duty. The Group assesses its revenue arrangements
against specific criteria in order to determine if it is acting as principal or agent. The Group has concluded that it is acting as a principal in
all of its revenue arrangements.
The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognized:
Interest income
For all financial instruments measured at amortized cost and interest-bearing financial instruments classified as FVOCI and AFS financial
assets, interest income is recorded at either EIR, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through
the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter period, where appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial
liability, or at rate stated in the contract. The calculation takes into account all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example,
prepayment options), includes any fees or incremental costs that are directly attributable to the instrument and are an integral part of the EIR,
as applicable, but not future credit losses. The adjusted carrying amount is calculated based on the original EIR. The change in carrying
amount is recorded as ‘Interest income’.
Once the recorded value of a financial asset or group of similar financial assets has been reduced due to an impairment loss, interest income
continues to be recognized using the original EIR applied to the new carrying amount.
a. Fee income earned from services that are provided over a certain period of time
Fees earned for the provision of services over a period of time are accrued over that period. These fees include investment fund fees,
custodian fees, fiduciary fees, commission income, credit related fees, asset management fees, portfolio and other management fees,
and advisory fees.
17
c. Commitment fees
Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down are deferred (together with any incremental costs) and recognized as an
adjustment to the EIR on the loan. If the commitment expires without the Group making the loan, the commitment fees are recognized
as other income on expiry.
Other income
Income from sale of service is recognized upon rendition of the service. Income from sale of properties is recognized when control has been
obtained by the customer and when the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured.
Dividend income
Dividend income is recognized when the Group’s right to receive payment is established.
Expense Recognition
Expense is recognized when it is probable that a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in
liability has occurred and the decrease in economic benefits can be measured reliably. Revenues and expenses that relate to the same
transaction or other event are recognized simultaneously.
Interest expense
Interest expense for all interest-bearing financial liabilities are recognized in ‘Interest expense’ in the statement of income using the EIR of the
financial liabilities to which they relate.
Other expenses
Expenses encompass losses as well as those expenses that arise in the ordinary course of business of the Group. Expenses are recognized
when incurred.
Retirement Benefits
Defined benefit plan
The net defined benefit liability or asset is the aggregate of the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting
period reduced by the fair value of plan assets and adjusted for any effect of limiting a net defined benefit asset to the asset ceiling. The
defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by an independent actuary. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined
by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates on government bonds that have terms to maturity approximating the
terms of the related retirement liability. The asset ceiling is the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from
the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.
The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit plans is actuarially determined using the projected unit credit method.
Service costs which include current service costs, past service costs and gains or losses on non-routine settlements are recognized as
expense in profit or loss. Past service costs are recognized when plan amendment or curtailment occurs.
Net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset is the change during the period in the net defined benefit liability or asset that arises
from the passage of time which is determined by applying the discount rate based on Philippine government bonds to the net defined benefit
liability or asset. Net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset is recognized as expense or income in profit or loss.
Remeasurements comprising actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling (excluding net
interest on defined benefit liability) are recognized immediately in OCI in the period in which they arise. Remeasurements are not reclassified
to profit or loss in subsequent periods.
Plan assets are assets that are held by a long-term employee benefit fund. Plan assets are not available to the creditors of the Group, nor
can they be paid directly to the Group. The fair value of plan assets is based on market price information. When no market price is available,
the fair value of plan assets is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using a discount rate that reflects both the risk associated
with the plan assets and the maturity or expected disposal date of those assets (or, if they have no maturity, the expected period until the
settlement of the related obligations).
Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the possibility of an outflow of resources
embodying economic benefits is remote. Contingent assets are not recognized but are disclosed in the financial statements when an inflow
of economic benefits is probable.
Income Taxes
Current tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the
taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted as of the
reporting date.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided, using the balance sheet liability method, on all temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases
of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary
differences, carry forward of unused tax credits from the excess of minimum corporate income tax (MCIT) over the regular corporate income
tax (RCIT), and unused net operating loss carryover (NOLCO), to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available
against which the deductible temporary differences and carry forward of unused tax credits from MCIT and unused NOLCO can be utilized.
Deferred tax, however, is not recognized on temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction
that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting income nor taxable income.
Deferred tax liabilities are not provided on non-taxable temporary differences associated with investments in domestic subsidiaries and
associates.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that
sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are
reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the
deferred tax asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are applicable to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is
settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
Current tax and deferred tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is also recognized in equity and not in the statement of income.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax
liabilities and deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.
19
The Parent Company has no outstanding dilutive potential common shares.
Segment Reporting
The Group’s operating businesses are organized and managed separately according to the nature of the products and services provided,
with each segment representing a strategic business unit that offers different products and serves different markets. Financial information
on business segments is presented in Note 31. The Group’s revenue producing assets are located in the Philippines (i.e., one geographical
location). Therefore, geographical segment information is no longer presented.
Fiduciary Activities
Assets and income arising from fiduciary activities together with related undertakings to return such assets to customers are excluded from
the financial statements where the Parent Company acts in a fiduciary capacity such as nominee, trustee or agent.
There are new PFRSs, amendments, interpretation and annual improvements, to existing standards effective for annual periods subsequent
to 2018, which are adopted by the FRSC. Management will adopt the following relevant pronouncements in accordance with their transitional
provisions; and, unless otherwise stated, none of these are expected to have significant impact on the Group’s financial statements:
• PFRS 16, Leases. This new standard sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases
and requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance sheet model similar to the accounting for finance leases
under PAS 17, Leases. The standard includes two recognition exemptions for lessees - leases of ’low-value’ assets (e.g., personal
computers) and short-term leases (i.e., leases with a lease term of 12 months or less). At the commencement date of a lease, a
lessee will recognize a liability to make lease payments (i.e., the lease liability) and an asset representing the right to use the underlying
asset during the lease term (i.e., the right-of-use asset). Lessees will be required to separately recognize the interest expense on the
lease liability and the depreciation expense on the right-of-use asset.
Leesees will be also required to remeasure the lease liability upon the occurrence of certain events (e.g., a change in the lease term, a
change in future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine those payments). The lessee will generally
recognize the amount of the remeasurement of the lease liability as an adjustment to the right-of-use asset.
Lessor accounting under PFRS 16 is substantially unchanged from today’s accounting under PAS 17. Lessors will continue to classify
all leases using the same classification principle as in PAS 17 and distinguish between two types of leases: operating and finance
leases.
PFRS 16 also requires lessees and lessors to make more extensive disclosures than under PAS 17.
A lessee can choose to apply the standard using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach. The standard’s
transition provisions permit certain reliefs.
Upon adoption of this standard, the Group and the Parent Company expect to recognize a right of use asset and lease liability for
covered lease contracts. Management is currently assessing the impact of this new standard in the consolidated and parent company
financial statements.
• Determine current service cost for the remainder of the period after the plan amendment, curtailment or settlement, using the
actuarial assumptions used to remeasure the net defined benefit liability (asset) reflecting the benefits offered under the plan and
the plan assets after that event
• Determine net interest for the remainder of the period after the plan amendment, curtailment or settlement using: the net defined
benefit liability (asset) reflecting the benefits offered under the plan and the plan assets after that event; and the discount rate used
to remeasure that net defined benefit liability (asset).
The amendments also clarify that an entity first determines any past service cost, or a gain or loss on settlement, without considering
the effect of the asset ceiling. This amount is recognized in profit or loss. An entity then determines the effect of the asset ceiling after
the plan amendment, curtailment or settlement. Any change in that effect, excluding amounts included in the net interest, is recognized
in other comprehensive income.
The amendments apply to plan amendments, curtailments, or settlements occurring on or after the beginning of the first annual
reporting period that begins on or after January 1, 2019, with early application permitted. These amendments will apply only to any
future plan amendments, curtailments, or settlements of the Group.
• PAS 28 (Amendments), Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures. The amendments clarify that an entity applies PFRS 9 to
long-term interests in an associate or joint venture to which the equity method is not applied but that, in substance, form part of the net
investment in the associate or joint venture (long-term interests). This clarification is relevant because it implies that the expected credit
loss model in PFRS 9 applies to such long-term interests.
The amendments also clarified that, in applying PFRS 9, an entity does not take account of any losses of the associate or joint venture,
or any impairment losses on the net investment, recognized as adjustments to the net investment in the associate or joint venture that
arise from applying PAS 28, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.
The amendments should be applied retrospectively and are effective from January 1, 2019, with early application permitted. Since
the Group does not have such long-term interests in its associate and joint venture, the amendments will not have an impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
• IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. The interpretation addresses the accounting for income taxes when tax treatments
involve uncertainty that affects the application of PAS 12, Income Taxes, and does not apply to taxes or levies outside the scope of
PAS 12, nor does it specifically include requirements relating to interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax treatments.
An entity must determine whether to consider each uncertain tax treatment separately or together with one or more other uncertain tax
treatments. The approach that better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty should be followed.
This interpretation is not relevant to the Group because there is no uncertainty involved in the tax treatments made by management in
connection with the calculation of current and deferred taxes as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
A party that participates in, but does not have joint control of, a joint operation might obtain joint control of the joint operation in which
the activity of the joint operation constitutes a business as defined in PFRS 3. The amendments clarify that the previously held interests
in that joint operation are not remeasured.
21
An entity applies those amendments to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first
annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and to transactions in which it obtains joint control on or after the
beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early application permitted. These amendments
are currently not applicable to the Group but may apply to future transactions.
• Amendments to PAS 12, Income Tax Consequences of Payments on Financial Instruments Classified as Equity. The amendments clarify
that the income tax consequences of dividends are linked more directly to past transactions or events that generated distributable
profits than to distributions to owners. Therefore, an entity recognizes the income tax consequences of dividends in profit or loss, other
comprehensive income or equity according to where the entity originally recognized those past transactions or events.
• Amendments to PAS 23, Borrowing Costs, Borrowing Costs Eligible for Capitalization. The amendments clarify that an entity treats as
part of general borrowings any borrowing originally made to develop a qualifying asset when substantially all of the activities necessary
to prepare that asset for its intended use or sale are complete.
An entity applies those amendments to borrowing costs incurred on or after the beginning of the annual reporting period in which
the entity first applies those amendments. An entity applies those amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
January 1, 2019, with early application permitted.
Since the Group’s current practice is in line with these amendments, the Group does not expect any effect on its consolidated financial
statements upon adoption.
An entity applies those amendments prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, with earlier
application permitted.
• Amendments to PAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, and PAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and
Errors, Definition of Material. The amendments refine the definition of material in PAS 1 and align the definitions used across PFRSs and
other pronouncements. They are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact
an entity’s materiality judgements.
An entity applies those amendments prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, with earlier
application permitted.
The overall objective of PFRS 17 is to provide an accounting model for insurance contracts that is more useful and consistent for
insurers. In contrast to the requirements in PFRS 4, which are largely based on grandfathering previous local accounting policies, PFRS
17 provides a comprehensive model for insurance contracts, covering all relevant accounting aspects. The core of PFRS 17 is the
general model, supplemented by:
• A specific adaptation for contracts with direct participation features (the variable fee approach)
• A simplified approach (the premium allocation approach) mainly for short-duration contracts
PFRS 17 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021, with comparative figures required. Early application is
permitted.
On January 13, 2016, the Financial Reporting Standards Council deferred the original effective date of January 1, 2016 of the said
amendments until the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) completes its broader review of the research project on equity
accounting that may result in the simplification of accounting for such transactions and of other aspects of accounting for associates
and joint ventures.
The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with PFRS requires the Group to make judgments and estimates that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at reporting date.
Future events may occur which will cause the judgments and assumptions used in arriving at the estimates to change. The effects of any
change in judgments and estimates are reflected in the financial statements as they become reasonably determinable.
Judgments and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future
events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Judgments
a. Fair value of financial instruments
The Group classifies financial assets by evaluating, among others, whether the asset is quoted or not in an active market. Included
in the evaluation on whether a financial asset is quoted in an active market is the determination of whether quoted prices are readily
and regularly available, and whether those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions conducted on an arm’s
length basis.
Where the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded on the balance sheet or disclosed in the notes cannot be
derived from active markets, they are determined using discounted cash flow model, incorporating inputs such as current market rates
of comparable instruments. The carrying values and corresponding fair values of financial instruments, as well as the manner in which
fair values were determined, are discussed in more detail in Note 5.
c. Contingencies
The Group is currently involved in various legal proceedings. The estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims has
been developed in consultation with outside counsel handling the Group’s defense in these matters and is based upon an analysis
of potential results. The Group currently does not believe that these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the financial
statements (Note 30). It is possible, however, that future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in the estimates
or in the effectiveness of the strategies relating to these proceedings.
The Group developed business models which reflect how it manages its portfolio of financial instruments. The Group’s business models
need not be assessed at entity level or as a whole but applied at the level of a portfolio of financial instruments (i.e., group of financial
instruments that are managed together by the Group) and not on an instrument-by-instrument basis (i.e., not based on intention or
specific characteristics of individual financial instrument).
In determining the classification of a financial instrument under PFRS 9, the Group evaluates in which business model a financial
instrument or a portfolio of financial instruments belong to taking into consideration the objectives of each business model established
by the Group, various risks and key performance indicators being reviewed and monitored by responsible officers, as well as the manner
of compensation for them.
23
At the start of 2018, the Parent Bank’s BOD approved its documentation of business models which contains broad categories of
banking and trading business models. The banking business model includes the Parent Bank’s lending activities as well as treasury
business activities broken down into liquidity and investment portfolios. The approval of the business models triggered the realignment
and reassessment of the Parent Bank’s strategy for managing its HTC portfolio and the introduction of new portfolios with the objective
of maximizing risk-adjusted returns. As such, the Bank’s classification of financial assets now consists of amortized cost, FVOCI and
FVTPL, where certain securities were reclassified from a classification measured at amortized cost to a classification measured at fair
value, and vice versa, at the beginning of first quarter of 2018.
In addition, PFRS 9 emphasizes that if more than an infrequent and more than an insignificant sale is made out of a portfolio of financial
assets carried at amortized cost, an entity should assess whether and how such sales are consistent with the objective of collecting
contractual cash flows. In making this judgment, the Group considers certain circumstances documented in its business model manual
to assess that an increase in the frequency or value of sales of financial instruments in a particular period is not necessarily inconsistent
with a held-to-collect business model if the Group can explain the reasons for those sales and why those sales do not reflect a change
in the Group’s objective for the business model.
In 2018, the Bank participated in bond exchanges resulting in disposal of certain financial assets carried at amortized cost. The Parent
Bank has assessed that such sales are not more than infrequent and are necessary in order to ensure that the outstanding securities
remain of an acceptable liquid quality. The disposals are considered not inconsistent with the objective of hold to collect business
model. The remaining securities in the affected portfolios continue to be measured at amortized cost as of December 31, 2018.
The business model assessment is based on reasonably expected scenarios without taking worst case or stress case scenarios into
account. If cash flows, after initial recognition are realized in a way that is different from the Group’s and the Parent Company’s original
expectations, the Group and the Parent Company does not change the classification of the remaining financial assets held in that
business model but incorporates such information when assessing newly originated or newly purchased financial assets going forward.
Estimates
a. Credit losses on loans and receivables (prior to adoption of PFRS 9)
The Group reviews its loans and receivables at each reporting date to assess whether an allowance for credit losses should be recorded
in the balance sheet and any changes thereto in the statement of income. In particular, judgment by management is required in the
estimation of the amount and timing of future cash flows when determining the level of allowance required. Such estimates are based
on assumptions about a number of factors such as the financial condition of the borrower, estimated future cash flows, observable
market prices and estimated net selling prices of the related collateral. Actual results may also differ, resulting in future changes to the
allowance.
In addition to specific allowance against individually significant loans and receivables, the Group also makes a collective impairment
assessment on exposures which, although not specifically identified as requiring a specific allowance, have a greater risk of default
than when originally granted. The resulting collective allowance is based on historical loss experience adjusted on the basis of current
observable data for assets with similar credit risk characteristics.
The carrying values of loans and receivables and the related allowance for credit losses of the Group and the Parent Company are
disclosed in Notes 10 and 16.
• whether a financial asset has had a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition;
• whether default has taken place and what comprises a default;
The related allowance for credit losses of financial assets and commitments of the Group and the Parent Company are disclosed in
Notes 16 and 20.
c. Impairment of goodwill
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value
may be impaired. Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit CGU to which
the goodwill relates. The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined based on a VIU calculation using cash flow projections from
financial budgets approved by senior management covering a five-year period. For VIU, the Group estimates the discount rate used for
the computation of the net present value by reference to industry cost of capital. Impairment assessment process requires significant
judgement and based on assumptions, specifically loan and deposit growth rates, discount rate and the terminal value growth rates.
Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the CGU to which goodwill has been allocated, an impairment
loss is recognized immediately in the statement of income. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed for subsequent
increases in its recoverable amount in future periods. The carrying values of the Group’s goodwill are disclosed in Note 14.
The carrying values of the Group’s branch licenses are disclosed in Note 14.
The assumed discount rates were determined using the market yields on Philippine government bonds with terms consistent with the
expected employee benefit payout as of the reporting date.
The present value of the retirement obligation and fair value of plan assets, including the details of the assumptions used in the
calculation are disclosed in Note 24.
The Group believes it will be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize its recorded deferred tax assets. Taxable
income is sourced mainly from interest income from lending activities and earnings from service charge, fees, commissions and trust
activities.
The recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are disclosed in Note 27.
25
An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. Except for investment
properties where recoverable amount is determined based on fair value less cost to sell, the recoverable amount of all other nonfinancial
assets is determined based on the asset’s value in use computation which considers the present value of estimated future cash flows
expected to be generated from the continued use of the asset. The Group is required to make estimates and assumptions that can
materially affect the carrying amount of the asset being assessed.
The carrying values of the Group’s nonfinancial assets are disclosed in Notes 12 and 13.
The following table presents the total carrying amount of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s financial instruments per category:
2018
Consolidated Parent Company
Financial assets
Cash and other cash items P15,639,474 P13,705,304
Financial assets at FVTPL 7,596,261 6,689,796
Financial assets at FVOCI 10,101,527 8,213,010
Financial assets at amortized cost
Due from BSP 101,889,773 95,092,944
Due from other banks 9,455,447 7,837,894
Interbank loans receivables and SPURA 11,998,040 8,998,040
Investment securities 172,537,036 163,824,466
Loans and receivables 505,804,955 441,432,156
Accrued interest receivable 5,697,181 5,126,127
Other assets* 3,577,270 1,520,108
810,959,702 723,831,735
Total financial assets P844,296,964 P752,439,845
2017
Consolidated Parent Company
Financial assets
Cash and other cash items P12,685,984 P11,160,173
Financial assets at FVTPL 16,238,888 16,056,823
AFS financial assets 46,445,391 42,9 37,083
HTM financial assets 65,286,267 61,533,493
Loans and receivables:
Due from BSP 98,490,014 91,717,037
Due from other banks 15,641,476 14,066,620
Interbank loans receivables and SPURA 18,751,845 17,347,522
Loans and receivables 448,970,942 386,554,498
Accrued interest receivable 3,718,505 3,189,083
Other assets* 3,645,678 1,594,757
589,218,460 514,469,517
Total financial assets P729,874,990 P646,157,089
*Other assets include accounts receivables, SCR, RCOCI and miscellaneous financial assets (Note 15).
The Group has assets and liabilities in the consolidated and Parent Company balance sheets that are measured at fair value on a recurring
and non-recurring basis after initial recognition. Recurring fair value measurements are those that another PFRS requires or permits to be
recognized in the balance sheet at the end of each financial reporting period. These include financial assets and liabilities at FVPL, AFS
financial assets and financial assets at FVOCI. Non-recurring fair value measurements are those that another PFRS requires or permits to be
recognized in the balance sheet in particular circumstances. For example, PFRS 5 requires an entity to measure an asset held for sale at the
lower of its carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Since the asset’s fair value less costs to sell is only recognized in the balance
sheet when it is lower than its carrying amount, that fair value measurement is non-recurring.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, except for the following financial instruments, the carrying values of the Group’s and the Parent
Company’s financial assets and liabilities as reflected in the balance sheets and related notes approximate their respective fair values:
2018
Consolidated Parent Company
Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
Financial Assets
Investment securities at amortized cost
Investment securities (Note 9)
Government bonds P117,260,018 P108,886,906 P110,220,634 P102,006,641
Private bonds 55,277,018 54,077,408 53,603,832 52,509,703
Loans and receivables (Note 10)
Corporate and commercial lending 406,403,070 389,177,803 376,793,349 357,613,633
Consumer lending 85,688,187 85,222,099 51,816,708 46,749,579
Trade-related lending 13,662,914 13,283,538 12,782,734 12,772,774
Others 50,785 56,603 39,365 45,185
Sales contracts receivable (Note 15) 1,040,939 1,101,941 199,692 178,486
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities (Note 17) 321,343,811 299,666,264 265,739,836 243,898,397
27
2017
Consolidated Parent Company
Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
Financial Assets
HTM financial assets (Note 9)
Government bonds P52,998,477 P51,488,294 P50,263,703 P48,754,016
Private bonds 12,287,79 0 12,110,870 11,269,790 11,354,669
Loans and receivables (Note 10)
Corporate and commercial lending 365,117,654 349,880,762 333,430,383 315,853,285
Consumer lending 71,577,9 84 74,207,566 42,556,905 41,952,821
Trade-related lending 12,062,711 12,041,107 10,513,204 10,417,129
Others 212,593 196,307 54,006 63,19 8
Sales contracts receivable (Note 15) 918,147 1,060,191 184,092 200,134
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities (Note 17) 292,083,031 282,586,204 240,712,750 236,777,045
The methods and assumptions used by the Group and Parent Company in estimating the fair values of the financial instruments follow:
Cash and other cash items, due from BSP and other banks, interbank loans receivable and SPURA and accrued interest receivable - The
carrying amounts approximate their fair values in view of the relatively short-term maturities of these instruments.
Debt securities - Fair values are generally based on quoted market prices. If the market prices are not readily available, fair values are
estimated using either values obtained from independent parties offering pricing services or adjusted quoted market prices of comparable
investments or using the discounted cash flow methodology.
Equity securities (prior to adoption of PFRS 9) - For publicly traded equity securities, fair values are based on quoted prices. For unquoted
equity securities for which no reliable basis for fair value measurement is available, these are carried at cost net of impairment, if any.
Equity securities (upon adoption of PFRS 9) - For publicly traded equity securities, fair values are based on quoted prices. For unquoted
equity securities, remeasurement to their fair values is not material to the financial statements.
Loans and receivables and sales contracts receivable (SCR) included in other assets - Fair values of loans and receivables and SCR are
estimated using the discounted cash flow methodology, where future cash flows are discounted using the Group’s current incremental
lending rates for similar types of loans and receivables.
Accounts receivable, RCOCI and other financial assets included in other assets - Quoted market prices are not readily available for these
assets. These are reported at cost and are not significant in relation to the Group’s total portfolio of securities.
Derivative instruments (included under FVPL) - Fair values are estimated based on discounted cash flows, using prevailing interest rate
differential and spot exchange rates.
Deposit liabilities (time, demand and savings deposits) - Fair values of time deposits are estimated using the discounted cash flow
methodology, where future cash flows are discounted using the Group’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar borrowings and with
maturities consistent with those remaining for the liability being valued. For demand and savings deposits, carrying amounts approximate
fair values considering that these are currently due and demandable.
Bills payable - Fair values are estimated using the discounted cash flow methodology, where future cash flows are discounted using the
current incremental borrowing rates for similar borrowings and with maturities consistent with those remaining for the liability being valued.
Manager’s checks and accrued interest and other expenses - Carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of the
accounts.
Other liabilities - Quoted market prices are not readily available for these liabilities. These are reported at cost and are not significant in relation
to the Group’s total portfolio.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value hierarchy of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s assets and liabilities are presented
below:
Consolidated
2018
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Recurring fair value measurements(a)
Financial assets at FVPL
Held-for-trading
Government bonds P492,521 P141,372 P− P633,893
Treasury notes − 838,662 − 838,662
Treasury bills − 1,214,170 − 1,214,170
Private bonds 3,189,063 − − 3,189,063
Quoted equity shares 1,312,625 − − 1,312,625
Derivative assets − 407,848 − 407,848
Financial assets at FVOCI −
Government bonds 4,859,716 5,107,673 − 9,967,389
Quoted private bonds 35,370 − − 35,370
Quoted equity shares 80,403 − − 80,403
P9,969,698 P7,709,725 P− P17,679,423
Financial liabilities at FVPL
Derivative liabilities P− P455,150 P− P455,150
P− P455,150 P− P 455,150
Fair values of assets carried at amortized cost/cost(a)
Investment securities at amortized cost
Government bonds P108,886,906 P− P− P108,886,906
Private bonds 54,077,408 − − 54,077,408
Loans and receivables
Corporate and commercial loans − − 389,177,803 389,177,803
Consumer loans − − 85,222,099 85,222,099
Trade-related loans − − 13,283,538 13,283,538
Others − − 56,603 56,603
Sales contracts receivable − − 1,101,941 1,101,941
Investment properties(b) −
Land − − 8,696,956 8,696,956
Buildings and improvements − − 1,371,972 1,371,972
P162,964,314 P− P498,910,912 P661,875,227
Fair values of liabilities carried at amortized cost(a)
Deposit liabilities P− P− P299,666,264 P299,666,264
(a) valued as of December 31, 2018
29
Consolidated
2017
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Recurring fair value measurements(a)
Financial assets at FVPL
Held-for-trading
Government bonds P5,792,345 P119,314 P– P5,911,659
Treasury notes 1,413,940 479,252 – 1,89 3,192
Treasury bills 315,996 1,709,371 – 2,025,367
Private bonds 2,663,397 – – 2,663,397
Financial assets designated at FVPL 3,411,686 – – 3,411,686
Derivative assets – 333,587 – 333,587
AFS financial assets
Government bonds 25,761,577 9,467,927 – 35,229,504
Quoted private bonds 11,051,657 38,781 – 11,09 0,438
Quoted equity shares 67,9 03 – – 67,9 03
P50,478,501 P12,148,232 P– P62,626,733
Financial liabilities at FVPL
Derivative liabilities P– P267,533 P– P267,533
P– P267,533 P– P267,533
Fair values of assets carried at amortized cost/cost(a)
HTM financial assets
Government bonds P51,488,294 – – 51,488,294
Private bonds 12,110,870 – – 12,110,870
Loans and receivables
Corporate and commercial loans – – 349,880,762 349,880,762
Consumer loans – – 74,207,566 74,207,566
Trade-related loans – – 12,041,107 12,041,107
Others – – 196,307 196,307
Sales contracts receivable – – 1,060,191 1,060,191
Investment properties(b)
Land – – 7,091,280 7,091,280
Buildings and improvements – – 2,406,887 2,406,887
P63,599,164 P– P446,884,100 P510,483,264
Fair values of liabilities carried at amortized cost (a)
31
Parent Company
2017
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Recurring fair value measurements(a)
Financial assets at FVPL
Held-for-trading
Government bonds P5,757,518 P119,314 P− P5,876,832
Treasury notes 1,313,369 479,252 − 1,792,621
Treasury bills 315,996 1,709,371 − 2,025,367
Private bonds 2,616,730 – − 2,616,730
Financial assets designated at FVPL 3,411,686 – − 3,411,686
Derivative assets − 333,587 − 333,587
AFS financial assets
Government bonds 22,9 05,417 9,467,927 − 32,373,344
Quoted private bonds 10,483,794 − − 10,483,794
Quoted equity shares 67,9 03 − − 67,9 03
P46,872,413 P12,109,451 P− P58,981,864
Financial liabilities at FVPL
Derivative liabilities P− P267,533 P− P267,533
P− P267,533 P− P267,533
Fair values of assets carried at amortized cost/cost(a)
HTM financial assets
Government bonds P48,754,016 P− P− P46,784,643
Private bonds 11,354,669 − − 13,324,042
Loans and receivables
Corporate and commercial loans − − 315,853,285 315,853,285
Consumer loans − − 41,952,821 41,952,821
Trade-related loans − − 10,417,129 10,417,129
Others − − 63,19 8 63,19 8
Sales contracts receivable − − 200,134 200,134
Investment properties(b)
Land − − 4,225,706 4,225,706
Buildings and improvements − − 970,099 970,099
P60,108,685 P− P373,682,372 P433,791,057
Fair values of liabilities carried at amortized cost 236,777,045 236,777,045
Deposit liabilities P− P− P236,777,045 P236,777,045
(b) valued as of December 31, 2017
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and no transfers into and out of Level 3 fair value measurements
in 2018 and 2017.
The inputs used in the fair value measurement based on Level 2 are as follows:
Government securities - interpolated rates based on market rates of benchmark securities as of reporting date.
Private bonds and commercial papers - quoted market price of comparable investments with credit risk premium that is insignificant to the
entire fair value measurement.
Derivative assets and liabilities - fair values are calculated by reference to the prevailing interest differential and spot exchange rate as of the
reporting date, taking into account the remaining term to maturity of the derivative assets and liabilities.
The fair values of the Group’s and Parent Company’s investment properties have been determined by the appraisal method by independent
external and in-house appraisers based on highest and best use of property being appraised. Valuations were derived on the basis of recent
sales of similar properties in the same areas as the investment properties and taking into account the economic conditions prevailing at the
time the valuations were made and comparability of similar properties sold with the property being valued.
The table below summarizes the valuation techniques used and the significant unobservable inputs valuation for each type of investment
properties held by the Group and the Parent Company:
Description’s of the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of the Group and the Parent Company’s
investment properties are as follows:
Valuation Techniques
Market Data Approach A process of comparing the subject property being appraised to similar comparable properties
recently sold or being offered for sale.
Cost Approach It is an estimate of the investment required to duplicate the property in its present condition. It is
reached by estimating the value of the building “as if new” and then deducting the depreciated cost.
Fundamental to the Cost Approach is the estimate of Reproduction Cost New of the improvements.
Size Size of lot in terms of area. Evaluate if the lot size of property or comparable conforms to the average
cut of the lots in the area and estimate the impact of lot size differences on land value.
Shape Particular form or configuration of the lot. A highly irregular shape limits the usable area whereas
an ideal lot configuration maximizes the usable area of the lot which is associated in designing an
improvement which conforms with the highest and best use of the property.
Location Location of comparative properties whether on a Main Road, or secondary road. Road width could
also be a consideration if data is available. As a rule, properties located along a Main Road are
superior to properties located along a secondary road.
Time Element “An adjustment for market conditions is made if general property values have appreciated or
depreciated since the transaction dates due to inflation or deflation or a change in investors’
perceptions of the market over time”. In which case, the current data is superior to historic data.
Discount Generally, asking prices in ads posted for sale are negotiable. Discount is the amount the seller
or developer is willing to deduct from the posted selling price if the transaction will be in cash or
equivalent.
33
6. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
The Group’s activities are principally related to the profitable use of financial instruments. Risks are inherent in these activities but are
managed by the Group through a rigorous, comprehensive and continuous process of identification, measurement, monitoring and mitigation
of these risks, partly through the effective use of risk and authority limits and thresholds, process controls and monitoring, and independent
controls. As reflected in its corporate actions and organizational improvements, the Group has placed due importance on expanding and
strengthening its risk management process and considers it as a vital component to the Group’s continuing profitability and financial stability.
Central to the Group’s risk management process is its adoption of a risk management program intended to avoid unnecessary risks, manage
and mitigate unavoidable risks and maximize returns from taking acceptable risks necessary to sustain its business viability and good
financial position in the market.
The key financial risks that the Group faces are: credit risk, market risk (i.e. interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and equity price risk) and
liquidity risk. The Group’s risk management objective is primarily focused on controlling and mitigating these risks. The Parent Company
and its subsidiaries manage their respective financial risks separately. The subsidiaries, particularly CBSI, have their own risk management
processes but are structured similar to that of the Parent Company. To a large extent, the respective risk management programs and
objectives are the same across the Group. The gravity of the risks, the magnitude of the financial instruments involved, and regulatory
requirements are primary considerations to the scope and extent of the risk management processes put in place for the subsidiaries.
The BOD has delegated to the Risk Oversight Committee (ROC) the implementation of the risk management process which includes,
among others, the development of various risk strategies and principles, control guidelines policies and procedures, implementation of risk
measurement tools, monitoring of key risk indicators, and the imposition and monitoring of risk limits and thresholds. The ROC is composed
of three members of the BOD, two of whom are independent directors.
The Risk Management Group (RMG) is the direct support of the ROC in the day-to-day risk management and the implementation of the
risk management strategies approved by the ROC. The implementation cuts across all departments of the Parent Company and involves
all of the Parent Company’s financial instruments, whether “on-books” or “off-books.” The RMG is likewise responsible for monitoring the
implementation of specific risk control procedures and enforcing compliance thereto. The RMG is also directly involved in the day-to-day
risk measurement and monitoring to make sure that the Parent Company, in its transactions and dealings, engages only in acceptable and
manageable financial risks. The RMG also ensures that risk measurements are accurately and completely captured on a timely basis in the
management reporting system of the Parent Company. The RMG regularly reports the results of the risk measurements to the ROC. The
RMG is headed by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO).
Apart from RMG, each business unit has created and put in place various process controls which ensure that all the external and internal
transactions and dealings of the unit are in compliance with the unit’s risk management objectives.
The Internal Audit Division also plays a crucial role in risk management primarily because it is independent of the business units and reports
exclusively to the Audit Committee which, in turn, is comprised of independent directors. The Internal Audit Division focuses on ensuring
that adequate controls are in place and on monitoring compliance to controls. The regular audit covers all processes and controls, including
those under the risk management framework handled by the RMG. The audit of these processes and controls is undertaken at least annually.
The audit results and exceptions, including recommendations for their resolution or improvement, are discussed initially with the business
units concerned before these are presented to the Audit Committee.
The key risk indicators were formulated on the basis of the financial risks faced by the Parent Company. The key risk indicators contain
information from all business units that provide measurements on the level of the risks taken by the Parent Company in its products,
transactions and financial structure. Among others, the report on key risk indicators includes information on the Parent Company’s
aggregate credit exposure, credit metric forecasts, hold limit exceptions, Value-at-Risk (VaR) analysis, utilization of market and credit limits
and thresholds, liquidity risk limits and ratios, overall loan loss provisioning and risk profile changes. Loan loss provisioning and credit limit
utilization are, however, discussed in more detail in the Credit Committee. On a monthly basis, detailed reporting of single-name and sectoral
concentration is included in the discussion with the ROC. On the other hand, the Chief Audit Executive reports to the Audit Committee on a
monthly basis on the results of branch or business unit audits and for the resolution of pending but important internal audit issues.
To further mitigate risks throughout its different business units, the Parent Company formulates risk management policies and continues to
improve its existing policies. These policies further serve as the framework and set of guidelines in the creation or revisions of operating
policies and manuals for each business unit. In the process design and implementation, preventive controls are preferred over detection
controls. Clear delineation of responsibilities and separation of incompatible duties among officers and staff, as well as, among business units
are reiterated in these policies. To the extent possible, reporting and accounting responsibilities are segregated from units directly involved
in operations and front line activities (i.e., players must not be scorers). This is to improve the credibility and accuracy of management
information. Any inconsistencies in the operating policies and manuals with the risk framework created by the RMG are taken up and
resolved in the ROC and ManCom.
Based on the approved Operational Risk Assessment Program, RMG spearheaded the bankwide (all Head Office units and branches) risk
identification and self-assessment process. This would enable determination of priority risk areas, assessment of mitigating controls in place,
and institutionalization of additional measures to ensure a controlled operating environment. RMG was also mandated to maintain and
update the Parent Company’s Centralized Loss Database wherein all reported incidents of losses shall be encoded to enable assessment of
weaknesses in the processes and come up with viable improvements to avoid recurrence.
Monitoring and controlling risks are primarily performed based on various limits and thresholds established by the top management covering
the Group’s transactions and dealings. These limits and thresholds reflect the Group’s business strategies and market environment, as well
as, the levels of risks that the Group is willing to tolerate, with additional emphasis on selected industries. In addition, the Parent Company
monitors and measures the overall risk-bearing capacity in relation to the aggregate risk exposure across all risk types and activities.
Liquidity and interest rate risk exposures are measured and monitored through the Maximum Cumulative Outflow and Earnings-at-Risk
reports from the Asset and Liability Management (ALM) system. It was implemented in 2013 and was upgraded in 2017 to a new version
which include modules for calculating Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). The system also has a Funds
Transfer Pricing module used by the Treasury Group and Corporate Planning Group.
For the measurement of market risk exposures, the Bank uses Historical Simulation VaR approach for all treasury traded instruments,
including fixed income bonds, foreign exchange swaps and forwards, interest rate swaps and equity securities. Market risk exposures are
measured and monitored through reports from the Market Risk Management System which has been implemented in 2017 to enhance risk
measurement and automate daily reporting.
BSP issued Circular No. 639 dated January 15, 2009 which mandated the use of the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP)
by all universal and commercials banks to determine their minimum required capital relative to their business risk exposures. In this regard,
the Board approved the engagement of the services of a consultant to assist in the bank-wide implementation and embedding of the ICAAP,
as provided for under Pillar 2 of Basel II and BSP Circular No. 639.
On April 5, 2018, the BOD approved the inclusion of cybersecurity as part of the priority risks related to Information Technology. This is in
addition to the priority risks set in the 2009 Risk Self-assessment Survey and voting conducted among selected members of the BOD and
Senior Management which were retained on the basis that there is no significant change in either the business model of the Bank or its
ownership structure. In addition, the BOD also approved the changes in the trigger events for the review of Capital Ratios MAT and the
retention of the methodology for the CET1 ratio limit and the Management Action Trigger (MAT) on capital ratios. There were no changes
made in the approved trigger events for the review of Priority Risks.
The Parent Company submitted its annually updated ICAAP document, in compliance with BSP requirements on March 27, 2018. The
document disclosed that the Parent Company has an appropriate level of internal capital relative to the Group’s risk profile.
For the ICAAP document submitted on March 27, 2018, the Parent Company retained the Pillar 1 Plus approach using the Pillar 1 capital as
the baseline. The process of allocating capital for all types of risks above the Pillar 1 capital levels includes quantification of capital buffer for
Pillar 2 risks under normal business cycle/condition, in addition to the quantification based on the results of the Integrated Stress Test (IST).
The adoption of the IST allows the Parent Company to quantify its overall vulnerability to market shocks and operational losses in a collective
manner driven by events rather than in silo. The capital assessment in the document discloses that the Group and the Parent Company has
appropriate and sufficient level of internal capital.
35
Credit Risk
Credit Risk and Concentration of Assets and Liabilities and Off-Balance Sheet Items
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss on account of a counterparty to a financial product failing to honor its obligation. The Group faces
potential credit risks every time it extends funds to borrowers, commits funds to counterparties, guarantees the paying performance of its
clients, invests funds to issuers (i.e., investment securities issued by either sovereign or corporate entities) or enters into either market-traded
or over-the-counter derivatives, through implied or actual contractual agreements (i.e., on or off-balance sheet exposures). The Group
manages its credit risk at various levels (i.e., strategic level, portfolio level down to individual credit or transaction).
The Group established risk limits and thresholds for purposes of monitoring and managing credit risk from individual counterparties and/or
groups of counterparties, as well as major industries. It also conducts periodical assessment of the creditworthiness of its counterparties.
In addition, the Group obtains collateral where appropriate, enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with
counterparties, and limits the duration of exposures.
The Parent Company has four credit risk rating models in place: for corporate borrowers, for non-consumer individual borrowers and small &
medium enterprises (SMEs), for financial institutions, for sovereign / country exposures. In addition, it also has three scoring models: for auto
and housing loan applicants, and for credit card applicants.
In compliance with BSP requirements, the Group established an internal Credit Risk Rating System (ICRRS) for the purpose of measuring
credit risk for corporate borrowers in a consistent manner, as accurately as possible, and thereafter uses the risk information for business
and financial decision making. The ICRRS covers corporate borrowers with total assets, total facilities, or total credit exposures amounting
to P15.00 million and above.
Further, the ICRRS was designed within the technical requirements defined under BSP Circular No. 439. It has two components, namely:
a) Borrower Risk Rating which provides an assessment of the creditworthiness of the borrower, without considering the proposed
facility and security arrangements, and b) Loan Exposure Ratio which provides an assessment of the proposed facilities as mitigated or
enhanced by security arrangements. The ICRRS rating scale consists of ten grades, six of which fall under unclassified accounts, with
the remaining four falling under classified accounts in accordance with regulatory provisioning guidelines.
On March 5, 2014, the Parent Company approved the engagement of a third-party consultant, Moody’s Analytics, for the quantitative and
qualitative validation of the ICRRS. The validation engagement was completed in December 2014 followed by the model recalibration,
closing the project in December 2016.
The Parent Company launched in 2011 the Borrower Credit Score (BCS), a credit scoring system designed for retail small and medium
entities and individual loan accounts. In 2017, RMG completed the statistical validation of the BCS using the same methodology applied to
the validation of the corporate risk rating model. The validation process was conducted with the assistance of Teradata which provided the
analytics platform, tools and technical guidance for both credit model performance assessment and recalibration.
The CAMELOT rating system was approved by the BOD in 2006 to specifically assess Philippine universal, commercial and thrift banks. In
2009, the Bank implemented the rating system for rural and cooperative banks as well as the rating system for foreign financial institutions.
The Parent Company also developed a Sovereign Risk Rating Model, which provided the tool for the Bank to assess the strength of the
country rated in reference to its economic fundamentals, fiscal policy, institutional strength, and vulnerability to extreme events. The Model
was approved by the Board on September 7, 2017.
The scorecards for auto and housing loans were officially launched in November 2016, adopting the models developed by CBS with a third-
party consultant, and utilizing internally developed software interfaces for their implementation.
For the Bank’s credit cards, an acquisition scorecard has been created to determine application acceptance and has been in place since the
launch of the credit card business.
The distribution of the Group’s and Parent Company’s assets and liabilities, and credit commitment items (Note 30) by geographic region as
of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions) follows:
Consolidated
2018 2017
Assets Liabilities Commitment Assets Liabilities Commitment
Geographic Region
Philippines P741,331 P743,613 P87,789 P711,801 P651,283 P58,136
Asia 14,965 1,386 27,313 8,530 3,850 20,151
Europe 18,411 2,859 3,634 5,442 2,952 5,431
United States 68,277 21,107 2,548 499 6,616 2,794
Others 1,313 5,821 38 3,603 − 4
P844,297 P774,786 P121,322 P729,875 P664,701 P86,516
Parent Company
2018 2017
Assets Liabilities Commitment Assets Liabilities Commitment
Geographic Region
Philippines P689,382 P660,706 P87,077 P629,802 P572,601 P55,501
Asia 14,965 1,386 27,313 6,905 3,740 20,151
Europe 18,411 2,859 3,634 5,442 2,952 5,431
United States 28,369 17,638 2,548 405 6,616 2,794
Others 1,313 5,821 38 3,603 − 4
P752,440 P688,410 P120,610 P646,157 P585,909 P83,881
Information on credit concentration as to industry of loans and receivables is presented in Note 10 to the financial statements.
Consolidated
2018
Financial effect
of collateral or
Gross maximum credit
exposure Net exposure enhancement
Credit risk exposure relating to on-balance sheet items
are as follows
Loans and receivables P505,804,955 P275,165,316 P230,639,639
Interbank loans receivable and SPURA 10,000,000 – 10,000,000
Sales contracts receivable 1,040,939 – 1,040,939
P516,845,894 P275,165,316 P240,680,578
37
Consolidated
2017
Financial effect
of collateral or
Gross maximum credit
exposure Net exposure enhancement
Credit risk exposure relating to on-balance sheet items
are as follows
Loans and receivables P448,970,942 P237,847,050 P211,123,892
Interbank loans receivable and SPURA 18,751,845 1,865 18,749,980
Sales contracts receivable 894,843 – 894,843
P468,617,630 P237,848,915 P230,768,715
Parent Company
2018
Financial effect
of collateral or
Gross maximum credit
exposure Net exposure enhancement
Credit risk exposure relating to on-balance sheet items
are as follows
Loans and receivables P441,432,156 P249,012,090 P192,420,066
Interbank loans receivable and SPURA 7,000,000 – 7,000,000
Sales contracts receivable 199,692 – 199,962
P448,631,848 P249,012,090 P199,619,758
Parent Company
2017
Financial effect
of collateral or
Gross maximum credit
exposure Net exposure enhancement
Credit risk exposure relating to on-balance sheet items
are as follows
Loans and receivables P386,554,498 P229,957,505 P126,596,993
Interbank loans receivable and SPURA 17,347,522 2,000 17,345,522
Sales contracts receivable 184,091 – 184,091
P404,086,111 P229,960,505 P144,216,606
For the Group, the fair values of collateral held for loans and receivables and sales contracts receivable amounted to P338.60 billion and
P1.60 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and P330.43 billion and P1.34 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2017.
For the Parent Company, the fair values of collateral held for loans and receivables and sales contracts receivable amounted to
P302.16 billion and P1.47 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and P294.54 billion and P1.04 billion, respectively, as of
December 31, 2017.
Credit risk, in respect of derivative financial products, is limited to those with positive fair values, which are included under financial assets
at FVPL (Note 9). As a result, the maximum credit risk, without taking into account the fair value of any collateral and netting agreements,
is limited to the amounts on the balance sheet plus commitments to customers such as unused commercial letters of credit, outstanding
guarantees and others as disclosed in Note 30 to the financial statements.
Management requests additional collateral in accordance with the underlying agreement and takes into consideration the market value of
collateral during its review of the adequacy of allowance for credit losses.
It is the Group’s policy to dispose of repossessed properties in an orderly fashion. The proceeds are used to reduce or repay the outstanding
claim. In most cases, the Parent Company does not occupy repossessed properties for business use.
It is the Parent Company’s policy to maintain accurate and consistent risk ratings across the credit portfolio. This facilitates focused
management of the applicable risks and the comparison of credit exposures across all lines of business, geographic regions and products.
The rating system is supported by a variety of financial analytics, combined with processed market information to provide the main inputs
for the measurement of counterparty risk. All internal risk ratings are tailored to the various categories and are derived in accordance with
the Parent Company’s rating policy. The attributable risk ratings are assessed and monitored regularly. The standard credit rating equivalent
grades are relevant only for certain exposures in each risk rating class.
The following table shows the description of the internal CRRS grade:
Excellent - This category applies to a borrower with a very low probability of going into default in the coming year. The borrower has a high
degree of stability, substance, and diversity. It has access to raise substantial amounts of funds through the public markets at any time. The
borrower has a very strong debt service capacity and a conservative use of balance sheet leverage. The track record in profit terms is very
good. The borrower is of highest quality under virtually all economic conditions.
Strong - This category applies to a borrower with a low probability of going into default in the coming year. The borrower normally has a
comfortable degree of stability, substance, and diversity. Under normal market conditions, the borrower in this category has good access
to public markets to raise funds. The borrower has a strong market and financial position with a history of successful performance. The
overall debt service capacity as measured by cash flow to total debt service is deemed very strong; the critical balance sheet ratios (vis-à-vis
industry) are conservative.
39
Good - This category covers the smaller corporations with limited access to public capital markets or access to alternative financial markets.
This access is however limited to favorable economic and/or market conditions. Typical for this type of borrower is the combination of
comfortable asset protection and acceptable balance sheet structure (vis-à-vis industry). The debt service capacity, as measured based on
cash flows, is strong.
Satisfactory - This category represents the borrower where clear risk elements exist and the probability of default is somewhat greater. This
probability is reflected in volatility of earnings and overall performance. The borrower in this category normally has limited access to public
financial markets. The borrower should be able to withstand normal business cycles, but any prolonged unfavorable economic period would
create deterioration beyond acceptable levels. Typical for this kind of borrower is the combination of reasonably sound asset and cash flow
protection. The debt service capacity as measured by cash flow is deemed adequate. The borrower has reported profits for the past fiscal
year and is expected to report a profit in the current year.
Acceptable - The risk elements for the Parent Company are sufficiently pronounced, although the borrower should still be able to withstand
normal business cycles. Any prolonged unfavorable economic and/or market period would create an immediate deterioration beyond
acceptable levels.
Watchlist - This category represents the borrower for which unfavorable industry or company-specific risk factors represent a concern.
Operating performance and financial strength may be marginal and it is uncertain whether the borrower can attract alternative sources of
financing. The borrower will find it very hard to cope with any significant economic downturn and a default in such a case is more than a
possibility. It includes the borrower where the credit exposure is not a risk of loss at the moment, but the performance of the borrower has
weakened, and unless present trends are reversed, could lead to losses.
Especially Mentioned - This category applies to the borrower that is characterized by a reasonable probability of default, manifested by some
or all the following: (a) evidence of weakness in the borrower’s financial condition or creditworthiness; (b) unacceptable risk is generated by
potential or emerging weaknesses as far as asset protection and/or cash flow is concerned; (c) the borrower has reached a point where there
is a real risk that the borrower’s ability to pay the interest and repay the principal timely could be jeopardized; (d) the borrower is expected to
have financial difficulties and exposure may be at risk. Closer account management attention is warranted.
Concerted efforts should be made to improve lender’s position (e.g., demanding additional collateral or reduction of account exposure).
These potential weaknesses, if left uncorrected or unmitigated, would affect the repayment of the loan and, thus, increase credit risk to the
Parent Company.
Substandard - This category represents the borrower where one or more of the following factors apply: (a) the collection of principal or interest
becomes questionable regardless of scheduled payment date, by reason of adverse developments on account of a financial, managerial,
economic, or political nature, or by important weaknesses in cover; (b) the probability of default is assessed at up to 50%. Substandard
loans are loans or portions thereof which appear to involve a substantial and unreasonable degree of risk to the Parent Company because
of unfavorable record or unsatisfactory characteristics. There exists in such loans the possibility of future loss to the Parent Company unless
given closer supervision.
Doubtful - This category includes the borrower with “non-performing loan” status or with any portion of interest and/or principal payment is
in arrears for more than ninety (90) days. The borrower is unable or unwilling to service debt over an extended period of time and near future
prospects of orderly debt service is doubtful. Doubtful loans are loans or portions thereof which have the weaknesses inherent in those
classified as “Substandard”, with the added characteristics that existing facts, conditions, and values make collection or liquidation in full
highly improbable and in which substantial loss is probable.
Loss - This category represents the borrower whose prospect for re-establishment of creditworthiness and debt service is remote. It also
applies where the Parent Company will take or has taken title to the assets of the borrower and is preparing a foreclosure and/or liquidation
of the borrower’s business. These are loans or portions thereof which are considered uncollectible or worthless and of such little value that
their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted although the loans may have some recovery or salvage value.
The ratings of the borrowers covered by the BCS were mapped to the abovementioned CRRS grades in accordance with the approved
guidelines by the BOD, as follows:
For consumer loans (i.e., auto, housing, credit card) that are covered by application scorecards which provide either a pass/fail score, the
basis for credit quality rating is the BSP classification and/or the status of the account.
The financial assets are also grouped according to stage whose description is explained as follows:
Stage 1 - those that are considered current and up to 30 days past due, and based on change in rating, delinquencies and payment history,
do not demonstrate significant increase in credit risk.
Stage 2 - those that, based on change in rating, delinquencies and payment history, demonstrate significant increase in credit risk, and/or are
considered more than 30 days past due but does not demonstrate objective evidence of impairment as of reporting date.
Stage 3 - those that are considered in default or demonstrate objective evidence of impairment as of reporting date.
The following tables illustrate the Group’s and the Parent Company’s credit exposures.
41
Consolidated 2018 2017
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Total
Trade-related Lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Neither past due nor impaired
High grade P1,239 P– P– P 1,239 P2,397
Standard grade 9,371 9 – 9,381 8,117
Sub-Standard 1,500 1,675 – 3,175 1,671
Unrated – – – – –
Past due but not impaired 0 – – 0 37
Past due and impaired – – 23 23 28
Gross carrying amount P12,110 P1,684 P23 P13,818 P12,250
Depository accounts with the BSP and counterparty banks, Trading and Investment Securities
For these financial assets, outstanding exposure is rated primarily based on external risk rating (i.e. Standard and Poor’s (S&P), otherwise,
rating is based on risk grades by a local rating agency or included under “Unrated”, when the counterparty has no available risk grade.
43
The external risk rating of the Group’s depository accounts with the BSP and counterparty banks, trading and investment securities, is
grouped as follows:
Credit Quality Rating External Credit Risk Rating Credit Rating Agency
High grade AAA, AA+, AA, AA− S&P
Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, Aa3 Moody’s
AAA, AA+, AA, AA− Fitch
Standard grade A+, A, A−, BBB+, BBB, BBB− S&P
A1, A2, A3, Baa1, Baa2, Baa3 Moody’s
A+, A, A−, BBB+, BBB, BBB− Fitch
Substandard grade BB+, BB, BB−, B/B+, CCC, R, SD & D S&P
Ba1, Ba2, Ba3, B1, B2, R, SD & D Moody’s
BB+, BB, BB−, B/B+, CCC, R, SD & D Fitch
Following is the credit rating scale applicable for foreign banks, and government securities (aligned with S&P ratings):
AAA − An obligor has extremely strong capacity to meet its financial commitments.
AA − An obligor has very strong capacity to meet its financial commitments. It differs from the highest-rated obligors at a minimal degree.
A − An obligor has strong capacity to meet its financial commitments but is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in higher-rated categories.
BBB − An obligor has adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances
are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitments.
BB − An obligor is less vulnerable in the near term than other lower-rated obligors. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties and
exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial
commitments.
B − An obligor is more vulnerable than the obligors rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments.
Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments.
CCC − An obligor is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to
meet its financial commitments.
CC − An obligor is currently vulnerable. The rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but expects default to be a virtual certainty,
regardless of the anticipated time to default.
R − An obligor is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition. During the pendency of the regulatory supervision, the
regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others.
SD and D − An obligor is in default on one or more of its financial obligations including rated and unrated financial obligations but excluding
hybrid instruments classified as regulatory capital or in non-payment according to terms.
PRSAa − The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
PRSA − With favorable investment attributes and are considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Although obligations rated ‘PRSA’
are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in economic conditions, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial
commitments on the obligation is still strong.
PRSBaa − An obligation rated ‘PRS Baa’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions and changing
circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. PRSBaa−
rated issues may possess certain speculative characteristics.
PRSBa − An obligation rated ‘PRSBa’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
uncertainties relating to business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.
PRSB − An obligation rated ‘PRSB’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘PRSBa’, but the obligor currently has the
capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation. The issue is characterized by high credit risk.
PRSCaa − An obligation rated ‘PRSCaa’ is presently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and
economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse economic conditions, the
obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. The issue is considered to be of poor standing
and is subject to very high credit risk.
PRSCa − An obligation rated “PRSCa” is presently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Likely already in or very near default with some prospect
for partial recovery of principal or interest.
PRSC − An obligation is already in default with very little prospect for any recovery of principal or interest.
The succeeding tables show the credit exposure of the Group and the Parent Company related to these financial assets.
45
Consolidated 2018
High Standard Substandard
Unrated Total
Grade Grade Grade
Due from BSP P– P101,890 P– P– P101,890
Due from other banks 944 8,303 17 – 9,264
Interbank loans receivable and SPURA – 10,000 – – 10,000
Financial assets at FVPL 911 4,100 53 – 5,064
P1,855 P124,293 P70 P– P126,218
Consolidated 2017
High Standard Substandard
Unrated Total
Grade Grade Grade
Due from BSP P– P98,490 P– P– P98,490
Due from other banks 4,245 10,787 13 4,245 15,045
Interbank loans receivable and SPURA – 18,752 – – 18,752
Financial assets at FVPL 1,19 4 10,013 85 1,19 4 11,292
P5,439 P138,042 P98 P5,439 P143,579
The tables below show the aging analysis of gross past due but not impaired loans and receivables that the Group and Parent Company
held as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions). Under PFRS 7, a financial asset is past due when a counterparty has failed to make
a payment when contractually due.
Consolidated
Less than More than
December 31, 2018 30 days 31 to 60 days 61 to 90 days 91 days Total
Loans and receivables
Corporate and commercial lending P250 P40 P23 P380 P692
Consumer lending 718 41 19 208 986
Trade−related lending − − − − −
Others 1 − − 5 5
Total P969 P80 P42 P593 P1,684
Consolidated
Less than More than
December 31, 2017 30 days 31 to 60 days 61 to 90 days 91 days Total
Loans and receivables
Corporate and commercial lending P919 P186 P296 P940 P2,341
Consumer lending 120 148 366 2,515 3,149
Trade−related lending 5 2 30 – 37
Others – – – 27 27
Total P1,044 P336 P692 P3,482 P5,554
47
Parent Company
Less than More than
December 31, 2018 30 days 31 to 60 days 61 to 90 days 91 days Total
Loans and receivables
Corporate and commercial lending P1 P2 P– P66 P69
Consumer lending 600 – – – 600
Trade−related lending – – – −
Others 1 – – – 1
Total P602 P2 P− P66 P669
Parent Company
Less than More than
December 31, 2017 30 days 31 to 60 days 61 to 90 days 91 days Total
Loans and receivables
Corporate and commercial lending P872 P122 P211 P189 P1,394
Consumer lending 105 127 196 1,208 1,636
Trade−related lending 6 2 30 − 38
Total P983 P251 P437 P1,398 P3,068
The following table presents the carrying amount of financial assets of the Group and Parent Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017
that would have been considered past due or impaired if not renegotiated:
The collective assessment takes account of impairment that is likely to be present in the portfolio even though there is no objective evidence
of the impairment yet per an individual assessment. Impairment losses are estimated by taking into consideration the following information:
historical losses on the portfolio, current economic conditions, the approximate delay between the time a loss is likely to have been incurred
and the time it will be identified as requiring an individually assessed impairment allowance, and expected receipts and recoveries once
impaired.
Management is responsible for deciding the length of this period which can extend for as long as one year. The impairment allowance is then
reviewed by credit management to ensure alignment with the Group’s overall policy.
Generally, the Group assesses the presence of a significant increase in credit risk based on the number of notches that a financial asset’s
credit risk rating has declined. When applicable, the Group also applies a rebuttable presumption that the credit risk on a financial asset has
increased significantly since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due.
Further, the Group considers a financial asset as in default when (a) as a result of one or more loss events, there is objective evidence that
its recoverable value is less than its carrying amount; (b) it is classified as doubtful or loss under prudential reporting; (c) it is in litigation; and/
or (d) full repayment of principal and interest is unlikely without foreclosure of collateral, if any. When applicable, the Group also applies a
rebuttable presumption that default does not occur later than when a financial asset is 90 days past due unless the Group has reasonable
and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.
The Group then measures the credit loss allowance on a financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses for
items categorized as stage 1 and lifetime credit losses to items categorized as stage 2 and stage 3.
The Group modeled the following inputs to the expected credit loss formula separately. The formula is applied to each financial asset, with
certain exceptions wherein a collective or other general approach is applied:
Credit Review
In accordance with BSP Circular 855, credit reviews are conducted on loan accounts to evaluate whether loans are granted in accordance
with the Bank’s policies, to assess loan quality and appropriateness of classification and adequacy of loan loss provisioning. Results of credit
reviews are promptly reported to management to apprise them of any significant findings for proper corrective actions.
Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss that may result from changes in the value of a financial product. The Parent Company’s market risk originates
from its holdings of domestic and foreign−denominated debt securities, foreign exchange instruments, equities, foreign exchange derivatives
and interest rate derivatives.
The RMG of the Parent Company is responsible for assisting the ROC with its responsibility for identifying, measuring, managing and
controlling market risk. Market risk management measures the Parent Company market risk exposures through the use of VaR. VaR is a
statistical measure that estimates the maximum potential loss from a portfolio over a holding period, within a given confidence level.
VaR assumptions
The Parent Company calculates the VaR in trading activities. The Parent Company uses the Historical Simulation Full Valuation approach to
measure VaR for all treasury traded instruments, using a 99.00% confidence level and a 1−day holding period.
The use of a 99.00% confidence level means that, within a one day horizon, losses exceeding the VaR figure should occur, on average, not
more than once every hundred days. The validity of the VaR model is verified through back testing, which examines how frequently actual
and hypothetical daily losses exceeds daily VaR. The Parent Company measures and monitors the VaR and profit and loss on a daily basis.
49
Since VaR is an integral part of the Parent Company’s market risk management, VaR limits have been established for all trading positions
and exposures are reviewed daily against the limits by management. Further, stress testing is performed for monitoring extreme events.
In practice, the actual trading results will differ from the VaR calculation and, in particular, the calculation does not provide a meaningful
indication of profits and losses in stressed market conditions. To determine the reliability of the VaR models, actual outcomes are monitored
regularly to test the validity of the assumptions and the parameters used in the VaR calculation. Market risk positions are also subject to
regular stress tests to ensure that the Group would withstand an extreme market event.
A summary of the VaR position of the trading portfolio of the Parent Company is as follows:
Foreign
Interest Rate1 Exchange2 Price3 Interest Rate4 Interest Rate5
(In Millions)
2018
31 December P43.62 P4.54 P21.78 P13.78 P10.65
Average daily 52.11 18.69 30.17 6.35 4.40
Highest 121.89 63.74 56.30 13.78 19.03
Lowest 21.47 2.53 18.29 3.18 0.60
2017
31 December P120.05 P7.78 P45.24 P4.00 P1.76
Average daily 82.27 28.20 23.34 3.78 5.29
Highest 146.71 73.74 46.21 6.97 9.21
Lowest 37.58 2.99 3.43 1.44 1.48
1 Interest rate VaR for debt securities (Interest rate VaR for foreign currency denominated debt securities are translated to PHP using daily closing rate)
2 FX VaR is the bankwide foreign exchange risk
3 Price VaR for equity securities and futures
4 Interest rate VaR for FX swaps and FX forwards
5 Interest rate VaR for IRS
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 64.57% and 64.76% of the Group’s total loan portfolio, respectively, comprised of floating rate loans
which are repriced periodically by reference to the transfer pool rate which reflects the Group’s internal cost of funds. In keeping with banking
industry practice, the Group aims to achieve stability and lengthen the term structure of its deposit base, while providing adequate liquidity
to cover transactional banking requirements of customers.
Interest is paid on demand accounts, which constituted 22.81% and 24.29% of total deposits of the Parent Company as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Interest is paid on savings accounts and time deposits accounts, which constitute 35.56% and 41.64%, respectively, of total deposits of the
Parent Company as of December 31, 2018, and 29.72% and 45.99%, respectively, as of December 31, 2017.
The Group is likewise exposed to fair value interest rate risk due to its holdings of fixed rate government bonds as part of its financial assets
at FVOCI/AFS and FVPL portfolios. Market values of these investments are sensitive to fluctuations in interest rates.
The following table provides for the average effective interest rates of the Group and of the Parent Company as of December 31, 2018
and 2017:
Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 1.96% 1.15% 1.71% 1.04%
Bills payable 3.59% 2.99% 3.59% 2.99%
USD
Assets
Due from banks 0.75% 0.17% 0.61% 0.16%
Investment securities* 4.16% 3.60% 3.88% 3.61%
Loans and receivables 4.07% 3.40% 3.93% 3.40%
Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 1.48% 1.13% 1.45% 1.12%
Bills payable 2.89% 1.94% 2.86% 1.94%
* Consisting of financial assets at FVPL, Financial assets at FVOCI and Investment securities at amortized cost.
The asset-liability gap analysis method is used by the Group to measure the sensitivity of its assets and liabilities to interest rate fluctuations.
This analysis measures the Group’s susceptibility to changes in interest rates. The repricing gap is calculated by first distributing the assets
and liabilities contained in the Group’s balance sheet into tenor buckets according to the time remaining to the next repricing date (or the
time remaining to maturity if there is no repricing), and then obtaining the difference between the total of the repricing (interest rate sensitive)
assets and the total of repricing (interest rate sensitive) liabilities.
A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. A gap
is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities.
Accordingly, during a period of rising interest rates, a bank with a positive gap would be in a position to invest in higher yielding assets earlier
than it would need to refinance its interest rate sensitive liabilities. During a period of falling interest rates, a bank with a positive gap would
tend to see its interest rate sensitive assets repricing earlier than its interest rate sensitive liabilities, restraining the growth of its net income or
resulting in a decline in net interest income.
51
The following tables set forth the repricing gap position of the Group and Parent Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):
Consolidated
2018
Up to 3 >3 to 12 >12
Months Months Months Total
Financial Assets
Due from BSP P101,890 P− P− P101,890
Due from other banks 9,455 − − 9,455
Investment securities 12,301 3,432 174,500 190,232
Loans and receivables 255,491 38,683 211,634 505,808
Total financial assets 379,137 42,114 386,133 807,385
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 291,698 17,893 412,532 722,123
Bills payable 34,505 4,507 815 39,827
Total financial liabilities 326,204 22,400 413,346 761,950
Repricing gap P52,934 P19,714 (P27,213) P45,435
Consolidated
2017
Up to 3 >3 to 12 >12
Months Months Months Total
Financial Assets
Due from BSP P98,490 P– P– P98,490
Due from other banks 15,641 – – 15,641
Investment securities 9,702 471 117,797 127,970
Loans and receivables 243,419 32,312 173,240 448,971
Total financial assets 367,252 32,783 291,037 691,072
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 256,633 14,206 364,254 635,093
Bills payable 20,118 – – 20,118
Total financial liabilities 276,751 14,206 364,254 655,211
Repricing gap P90,501 P18,577 (P73,217) P35,861
Parent Company
2018
Up to 3 >3 to 12 >12
Months Months Months Total
Financial Assets
Due from BSP P95,093 P– P– P95,093
Due from other banks 7,838 – – 7,838
Investment securities 5,782 3,355 169,588 178,725
Loans and receivables 232,067 26,695 182,672 441,435
Total financial assets 340,780 30,050 352,260 723,090
Financial Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 241,100 14,877 382,266 638,243
Bills payable 34,505 4,507 815 39,827
Total financial liabilities 275,606 19,384 383,080 678,070
Repricing gap P65,174 P10,666 (P30,820) P45,020
The Group also monitors its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates by using scenario analysis to estimate the impact of interest rate
movements on its interest income. This is done by modeling the impact to the Group’s interest income and interest expenses to parallel
changes in the interest rate curve in a given 12-month period.
The following tables set forth the estimated change in the Group’s and Parent Company’s annualized net interest income due to a parallel
change in the interest rate curve as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
Consolidated
2018
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
100bp rise 50bp rise 50bp fall 100bp fall
Change in annualized net interest income P645 P322 (P322) (P645)
As a percentage of the Group’s net interest income
for the year ended December 31, 2018 2.80% 1.40% (1.40%) (2.80%)
Consolidated
2017
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
100bp rise 50bp rise 50bp fall 100bp fall
Change in annualized net interest income P1,046 P523 (P523) (P1,046)
As a percentage of the Group’s net interest income
for the year ended December 31, 2017 5.33% 2.66% (2.66%) (5.33%)
Parent Company
2018
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
100bp rise 50bp rise 50bp fall 100bp fall
Change in annualized net interest income P996 P498 (P498) (P996)
As a percentage of the Parent Company’s net
interest income for the year ended
December 31, 2018 4.95% 2.48% (2.48%) (4.95%)
53
Parent Company
2017
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
100bp rise 50bp rise 50bp fall 100bp fall
Change in annualized net interest income P1,049 P525 (P525) (P1,049)
As a percentage of the Parent Company’s net
interest income for the year ended
December 31, 2017 6.46% 3.23% (3.23%) (6.46%)
The following tables set forth the estimated change in the Group’s and Parent Company’s income before tax and equity due to a reasonably
possible change in the market prices of quoted bonds classified under financial assets at FVPL, AFS financial assets and financial assets at
FVOCI, brought about by movement in the interest rate curve as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):
Consolidated
2018
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
25bp rise 10bp rise 10bp fall 25bp fall
Change in income before tax (P51) (P20) P20 P51
Change in equity (113) (45) 45 113
Consolidated
2017
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
25bp rise 10bp rise 10bp fall 25bp fall
Change in income before tax (P146) (P58) P58 P146
Change in equity (637) (255) 255 637
Parent Company
2018
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
25bp rise 10bp rise 10bp fall 25bp fall
Change in income before tax (P51) (P20) P20 P51
Change in equity (103) (41) 41 103
Parent Company
2017
Change in interest rates (in basis points)
25bp rise 10bp rise 10bp fall 25bp fall
Change in income before tax (P145) (P58) P58 P145
Change in equity (600) (240) 240 600
Foreign exchange liabilities generally consist of foreign currency-denominated deposits in the Group’s FCDU account made in the Philippines
or generated from remittances to the Philippines by persons overseas who retain for their own benefit or for the benefit of a third party, foreign
currency deposit accounts with the Group.
The Group’s policy is to maintain foreign currency exposure within existing regulations, and within acceptable risk limits. The Group believes
in ensuring its foreign currency is at all times within limits prescribed for financial institutions who are engaged in the same types of businesses
in which the Group and its subsidiaries are engaged.
The table below summarizes the Group’s and Parent Company’s exposure to foreign exchange risk. Included in the table are the Group’s and
Parent Company’s assets and liabilities at carrying amounts (stated in US Dollars), categorized by currencywith its PHP equivalent:
Consolidated
2018 2017
Other Other
USD Currencies* Total PHP USD Currencies* Total PHP
Assets
Cash and other cash items $2,204 2,095 4,299 P226,044 $2,447 3,173 5,620 P280,624
Due from other banks 42,189 7,705 49,894 2,623,437 64,664 16,189 80,853 4,037,014
Financial assets at FVPL 15,988 – 15,988 840,625 60,427 – 60,427 3,017,118
Financial assets at FVOCI 14,640 – 14,640 769,771 – – – –
AFS financial assets – – – – 71,057 6,324 77,381 3,863,641
Investment securities at
amortized cost 116,716 – 116,716 6,136,946 – – – –
HTM financial assets – – – – 31,952 9,791 41,742 2,084,196
Loans and receivables 42,471 12,985 55,455 2,915,835 30,809 7,385 38,194 1,907,050
Accrued interest receivable 1,038 19 1,057 55,562 992 133 1,125 56,164
Other assets 17,253 302 17,555 923,023 24,851 2 24,853 1,240,929
252,498 23,106 275,604 14,491,243 287,199 42,998 330,197 16,486,736
Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 66,162 109,191 175,353 9,220,065 59,445 36,388 95,833 4,784,917
Bills payables 354,416 57,130 411,546 21,639,069 128,720 132,510 261,230 13,043,213
Accrued interest and other
expenses 1,554 7 1,561 82,090 512 7 519 25,900
Other liabilities 8,710 1,750 10,459 549,944 11,317 877 12,194 608,805
430,842 168,077 598,919 31,491,168 199,994 169,782 369,776 18,462,835
Currency spot (6,789) (316) (7,106) (373,621) (8,054) - (8,054.00) (402,136)
Currency forwards 185,313 145,250 330,563 17,380,980 (59,709) 136,301 76,591.11 3,824,198
Net Exposure $179 (38) 141 P7,434 $19,442 9,516 28,958 P1,445,964
*Other currencies include EUR, CNY, JPY, GBP, AUD, SGD, CHF, CAD, NZD, AED, HKD.
55
Parent Company
2018 2017
Other Other
USD Currencies* Total PHP USD Currencies* Total PHP
Assets
Cash and other cash items $123 2,095 2,218 P116,611 $250 3,173 3,424 P170,939
Due from other banks 38,240 7,705 45,944 2,415,755 56,536 16,189 72,726 3,631,190
Financial assets at FVPL 15,988 – 15,988 840,625 59,729 – 59,729 2,982,292
Financial assets at FVOCI – – – – – – – –
AFS financial assets
Investment securities at – – – – 49,997 6,324 56,321 2,812,106
amortized cost 69,961 – 69,961 3,678,571 – – – –
HTM financial assets – – – – – 9,791 9,791 488,850
Loans and receivables 35,151 12,985 48,136 2,530,985 23,323 7,385 30,709 1,533,277
Accrued interest receivable 75 19 94 4,967 96 133 229 11,418
Other assets 17,060 302 17,362 912,911 24,790 2 24,792 1,237,880
176,598 23,106 199,704 10,500,426 214,722 42,998 257,720 12,867,952
Liabilities
Deposit liabilities 402 109,191 109,593 5,762,373 501 36,388 36,888 1,841,843
Bills payables 354,416 57,130 411,546 21,639,069 128,720 132,510 261,230 13,043,213
Accrued interest and other
expenses 1,433 7 1,440 75,729 418 7 425 21,234
Other liabilities 8,611 1,750 10,361 544,767 9,050 877 9,927 495,639
364,862 168,077 532,939 28,021,937 138,689 169,781 308,470 15,401,928
Currency spot (6,789) (316) (7,106) (373,621) (8,054) – (8,054) (402,136)
Currency forwards 185,313 145,250 330,563 17,380,980 (59,709) 136,301 76,591 3,824,198
Net Exposure ($9,741) (38) (9,778) (P514,153) $8,269 9,517 17,787 P888,086
*Other currencies include EUR, CNY, JPY, GBP, AUD, SGD, CHF, CAD, NZD, AED, HKD.
The following table sets forth, for the period indicated, the impact of the range of reasonably possible changes in the US$ exchange rate and
other currencies per Philippine peso on the pre-tax income and equity (in millions).
Consolidated
Change in
Foreign Sensitivity of Sensitivity of
Exchange Rate Pretax Income Equity
2018
USD 2% P33 P110
Other 1% – –
USD (2%) (33) (110)
Other (1%) – –
2017
USD 2% P134 P595
Other 1% 3 3
USD (2%) (134) (595)
Other (1%) (3) (3)
2017
USD 2% P133 P573
Other 1% 3 3
USD (2%) (133) (573)
Other (1%) (3) (3)
The impact in pre−tax income and equity is due to the effect of foreign currency behaviour to Philippine peso.
The effect on the Group and Parent Company’s equity as a result of a change in the fair value of equity instruments held as FVOCI due to a
reasonably possible change in equity indices, with all other variables held constant, is as follows (in millions):
Consolidated
Change in Effect on
equity index Equity
2018 +10% 6.8
−10% 1.2
2017 +10% 10.5
−10% 4.1
Parent Company
Change in Effect on
equity index Equity
2018 +10% 7.7
−10% 0.2
2017 +10% 10.5
−10% 4.1
The Parent Company’s liquidity management involves maintaining funding capacity to accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels
due to changes in the Parent Company’s business operations or unanticipated events created by customer behavior or capital market
conditions. The Parent Company seeks to ensure liquidity through a combination of active management of liabilities, a liquid asset portfolio
composed of deposits reserves and high quality securities, the securing of money market lines, and the maintenance of repurchase facilities
to address any unexpected liquidity situations.
57
The tables below show the maturity profile of the Parent Company’s assets and liabilities, based on contractual undiscounted cash flows
(in millions):
Liquidity risk is monitored and controlled primarily by a gap analysis of maturities of relevant assets and liabilities reflected in the MCO report,
as well as an analysis of available liquid assets. Instead of relying solely on contractual maturities profile, the Parent Company uses Behavioral
MCO to capture a going concern view. Furthermore, internal liquidity ratios and monitoring of large fund providers have been set to determine
sufficiency of liquid assets over deposit liabilities. The Bank started monitoring and reporting to the BSP the Liquidity Coverage Ratio in 2016
and the Net Stable Funding Ratio in 2018. Liquidity is managed by the Parent and its subsidiaries on a daily basis, while scenario stress tests
and sensitivity analysis are conducted periodically.
59
7. DUE FROM BSP AND OTHER BANKS
In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the interest rates of SPURA equals to 4.75%, 3.50%, and 2.90 %, respectively, for the Group and Parent Company.
As of December 31, 2017, financial assets designated at FVPL of the Parent Company consist of investments in shares of stocks which
contain multiple embedded derivatives which are deemed not clearly and closely related to its equity host. In this regard, PAS 39 provides
that if a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, an entity may designate the entire hybrid contract at FVPL unless the
embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract, or it is clear with little
or no analysis when a similar hybrid instrument is first considered that separation of the embedded derivative is prohibited. On this basis,
management has determined that the investments shall be designated as at FVPL.
Dividends earned by the Parent Company from its investment in shares designated at FVPL amounted to P118.64 million, and P82.83 million
in 2018 and 2017, respectively (Note 21).
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, HFT securities include fair value loss of P55.35 million and P65.56 million, respectively, for the Group,
and fair value loss of P55.35 million and P69.22 million, respectively, for the Parent Company.
Effective interest rates for peso-denominated financial assets at FVPL for both the Group and the Parent Company range from 0.06% to
7.11% in 2018 and from 0.64% to 5.49% in 2017. Effective interest rates for foreign currency-denominated financial assets at FVPL for the
Group range from 0.71% to 6.28% in 2018 and from 2.29% to 10.16% in 2017. Effective interest rates for foreign currency−denominated
financial assets at FVPL for the Parent Company range from 0.71% to 6.28% in 2018 and from 2.29% to 10.16% in 2017.
61
Unquoted equity securities
This account comprises of shares of stocks of various unlisted private corporations. The Group has designated these equity securities as at
FVOCI because they will not be sold in the foreseeable future.
Effective interest rates for peso-denominated financial assets at FVOCI for the Group range from 4.25% to 5.58% in 2018 and from 2.95% to
8.92% in 2017. Effective interest rates for peso-denominated financial assets at FVOCI for the Parent Company range from 4.25% to 5.58%
in 2018 and from 2.95% to 8.92% in 2017.
Effective interest rates for foreign currency-denominated financial assets at FVOCI for both the Group and Parent Company range from
2.33% to 8.48% in 2018 and from 0.99% to 5.75% in 2017.
In 2017, effective interest rates for peso-denominated AFS financial assets for the Group range from 1.34% to 7.00% in 2017 and effective
interest rates for peso-denominated AFS financial assets for the Parent Company range from 2.08% to 7.00%.
Effective interest rates for foreign currency-denominated AFS financial assets for both the Group and Parent Company range from 0.99% to
5.75% in 2018 and from 0.37% to 7.45% in 2017.
Effective interest rates for peso-denominated investment securities at amortized cost of the Parent Company range from 1.06% to 8.92%
in 2018, 2.82% to 5.25% in 2017 and from 4.13% to 9.13% in 2016. Effective interest rates for foreign currency-denominated investment
securities at amortized cost range from 0.21% to 8.50% in 2018, 0.21% to 8.93% in 2017, and from 2.26% to 10.72% in 2016.
Effective interest rates for peso-denominated HTM financial assets for the Group range 2.05% to 6.63% in 2017, and from 1.35% to 9.13%
in 2016. Effective interest rates for foreign currency-denominated HTM financial assets range from 0.21% to 8.93% in 2017, and from 2.26%
to 10.72% in 2016.
Effective interest rates for peso-denominated HTM financial assets of the Parent Company range from 2.82% to 5.25% in 2017 and from
4.13% to 9.13% in 2016. Effective interest rates for foreign currency-denominated HTM financial assets range from 0.21% to 8.93% in 2017,
and from 2.26% to 10.72% in 2016.
Consolidated
Carrying Fair Unamortized
Value at Carrying Value at Net Unrealized
Reclassification Value as of Reclassification Loss Deferred
Face Value Date December 31 Date in Equity Amortization
(in original currency)
Philippine peso denominated
government bonds P10,106,378 P11,636,529 P10,977,243 P11,039,842 (P544,126) P52,561
US dollar denominated
government bonds USD103,371 135,851 126,762 129,074 (6,372) 405
Parent
Carrying Fair Unamortized
Value at Carrying Value at Net Unrealized
Reclassification Value as of Reclassification Loss Deferred
Face Value Date December 31 Date in Equity Amortization
(in original currency)
Philippine peso denominated
government bonds P9,856,378 P11,350,542 P10,704,207 P10,765,719 (P533,349) P51,474
US dollar denominated
government bonds USD96,871 126,204 118,144 120,350 (5,556) 298
63
As of December 31, 2017, had these securities not been transferred to HTM, additional fair value gain of P14.92 million and P7.86 million
on Philippine peso denominated government bonds, for the Group and the Parent Company, respectively and additional fair values gain of
USD2.85 million (P142.30 million) and USD2.67 million (P133.31 million) on US dollar denominated government bonds, for the Group and
Parent Company, respectively, would have been charged against to the statement of comprehensive income.
The effective interest rates on Philippine peso denominated government bond at reclassification dates range from 3.05% to 5.25% for both
the Group and Parent Company . The effective interest rates for US dollar denominated bonds range from 2.26% to 4.08% at the time of
their reclassification for both the Group and Parent Company. The Group and Parent Company expect to recover 100% of the principal and
the interest due on these transferred assets. These securities are also unimpaired as of December 31, 2017.
The unrealized losses deferred under ‘Net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS Financial Assets’ at reclassification date amounted to
P584.82 million and USD5.85 million for Philippine peso denominated and US dollar denominated government bonds, respectively.
2008 Reclassification
In 2008, as approved by its BOD, the Parent Company identified assets for which it had a clear change of intent to hold the investments to
maturity rather than to exit or trade these investments in the foreseeable future and reclassified those investments from AFS financial assets
to HTM financial assets effective October 2, 2008.
As of October 2, 2008, the total carrying value of AFS financial assets reclassified to HTM financial assets amounted to P9.04 billion, with
unrealized losses of P47.44 million deferred under ‘Net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS financial assets’. HTM financial assets reclassified
from AFS financial assets with total face amount P798.13 million matured in 2017.
As of December 31, 2017, HTM financial assets reclassified from AFS financial assets consist of government bonds which have the following
balances:
Fair Unamortized
Carrying Value at Net Unrealized
Original Value as of reclassification Loss Deferred
Face Value* Cost December 31 date in Equity Amortization
2017 491,811 592,315 509,646 531,918 (4,427) 24,016
*Consist of US dollar−denominated bonds with face value of $9.85 million and $25.84 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Had these securities not been reclassified to HTM financial assets, additional fair value gain that would have been credited to the statement
of comprehensive income amounted to P22.27 million, and P395.74 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Effective interest rate on the
reclassified securities is 6.21%. The Parent Company expects to recover 100.00% of the principal and interest due on the reclassified
investments. No impairment loss was recognized on these securities in 2017 and 2016.
The Group’s and Parent Company’s loans and discounts under corporate and commercial lending include unquoted debt securities with
carrying amount of P1.10 billion and P1.00 billion as of December 31, 2017, respectively.
As of December 31, 2018, loans of the Parent Company amounting to P5.17 billion are rediscounted with the BSP (Note 18).
BSP Reporting
Information on the amounts of secured and unsecured loans and receivables (gross of unearned discounts and allowance for impairment and
credit losses) of the Group and Parent Company are as follows:
65
Information on the concentration of credit as to industry of the Group and Parent Company follows:
Consolidated
2018 2017
Amounts % Amounts %
Real estate, renting and business services P114,735,281 22.37 P113,424,302 24.89
Electricity, gas and water 72,863,548 14.21 53,514,587 11.75
Wholesale and retail trade 55,339,970 10.79 53,818,092 11.81
Transportation, storage and communication 50,516,030 9.85 40,464,073 8.88
Financial intermediaries 49,687,486 9.69 52,341,750 11.49
Manufacturing 28,277,954 5.51 29,583,222 6.49
Arts, entertainment and recreation 25,456,962 4.96 13,959,186 3.06
Accommodation and food service activities 12,218,029 2.38 12,260,862 2.69
Construction 11,287,124 2.20 8,732,720 1.92
Mining and quarrying 9,839,723 1.92 887,231 0.19
Agriculture 7,134,717 1.39 6,051,546 1.33
Education 5,717,621 1.11 3,869,247 0.85
Public administration and defense 5,166,000 1.01 6,232,000 1.37
Professional, scientific and technical activities 4,319,666 0.84 4,079,383 0.90
Others* 60,329,660 11.26 56,399,810 12.38
P512,889,771 100.00 P455,618,011 100.00
*Others consist of administrative and support service, health, household and other activities.
Parent Company
2018 2017
Amounts % Amounts %
Real estate, renting and business services P90,654,316 20.28 P91,809,744 23.42
Electricity, gas and water 70,798,136 11.04 52,050,493 13.28
Financial intermediaries 48,096,511 10.76 49,950,420 12.74
Wholesale and retail trade 49,365,453 11.04 46,238,179 11.80
Transportation, storage and communication 47,756,466 10.68 38,376,551 9.79
Manufacturing 25,115,956 5.62 25,622,331 6.54
Arts, entertainment and recreation 25,318,150 5.66 13,895,619 3.55
Accommodation and food service activities 10,563,067 2.36 10,285,048 2.62
Construction 9,965,323 2.23 7,349,9 08 1.88
Mining and quarrying 9,835,453 2.20 884,6864 0.23
Agriculture 5,321,124 1.19 4,442,522 1.13
Public administration and defense 5,166,000 1.16 6,232,000 1.59
Education 4,872,451 1.09 2,845,294 0.73
Professional, scientific and technical activities 4,221,842 0.94 3,760,091 0.96
Others* 40,015,998 8.95 38,188,292 9.74
P447,066,246 100.00 P391,931,177 100.00
*Others consist of administrative and support service, health, household and other activities.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, secured and unsecured non-performing loans (NPLs) of the Group and the Parent Company follow:
Prior to January 1, 2018, NPLs generally refer to loans whose principal and/or interest is unpaid for thirty (30) days or more after due date
or after they have become past due in accordance with existing BSP rules and regulations. This shall apply to loans payable in lump sum
and loans payable in quarterly, semi-annual, or annual installments, in which case, the total outstanding balance thereof shall be considered
nonperforming.
In the case of loans that are payable in monthly installments, the total outstanding balance thereof shall be considered nonperforming when
three (3) or more installments are in arrears.
In the case of loans that are payable in daily, weekly, or semi-monthly installments, the total outstanding balance thereof shall be considered
nonperforming at the same time that they become past due in accordance with existing BSP regulations, i.e., the entire outstanding balance
of the receivable shall be considered as past due when the total amount of arrearages reaches twenty percent (20.00%) of the total loan
balance.
Loans are classified as nonperforming in accordance with BSP regulations, or when, in the opinion of management, collection of interest
or principal is doubtful. Loans are not reclassified as performing until interest and principal payments are brought current or the loans are
restructured in accordance with existing BSP regulations, and future payments appear assured.
Loans which do not meet the requirements to be treated as performing loans shall also be considered as NPLs.
With the issuance of BSP Circular 941 Amendments to the Regulations on Past Due and Non-Performing Loans effective January 1, 2018,
loans shall be considered non-performing, even without any missed contractual payments, when it is considered impaired under existing
accounting standards, classified as doubtful or loss, in litigation, and/or there is evidence that full repayment of principal and interest
is unlikely without foreclosure of collateral, if any. All other loans, even if not considered impaired, shall be considered non-performing
if any principal and/or interest are unpaid for more than ninety (90) days from contractual due date, or accrued interests for more than
ninety (90) days have been capitalized, refinanced, or delayed by agreement.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 67.40% and 65.01%, respectively, of the total receivables from customers of the Group were subject
to interest repricing. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 71.76% and 67.67%, respectively, of the total receivables from customers of the
Parent Company were subject to interest repricing. Remaining receivables carry annual fixed interest rates ranging from 1.65% to 10.50% in
2018, from 2.08% to 10.50% in 2017, and from 1.00% to 11.00% in 2016 for foreign currency-denominated receivables and from 0.95% to
30.00% in 2018 and from 0.95% to 30.00% in 2017, and from 1.00% to 30.00% in 2016 for peso-denominated receivables.
67
11. EQUITY INVESTMENTS
A. Subsidiaries
2018 2017
Equity Method:
Balance at beginning of the year
CBSI P11,618,713 P11,047,530
CBCC 1,512,899 732,541
CBC−PCCI 27,905 22,853
CIBI 401,215 366,113
13,560,733 12,169,037
Share in net income
CBSI 328,663 514,396
CBCC 358,796 276,161
CBC−PCCI 14,834 5,851
CIBI (6,938) 39,596
695,356 836,004
Share in Other Comprehensive Income
Items that recycle to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Net unrealized gain (loss) on FVOCI
CBSI (25,338) 24,765
CBCC (27,584) 1,926
CIBI (16,978) (4,19 6)
(69,900) 22,495
Cumulative translation adjustments
CBSI 5,791 13,058
5,791 13,058
Items that do not recycle to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Remeasurement gain on defined benefit assets
CBSI 86,299 18,964
CBCC 2,344 2,272
CBC−PCCI – (798)
CIBI – (298)
88,642 20,140
Effect of PFRS 9 on Surplus:
CBSI (397,055) –
(397,055) –
(Forward)
B. Associates:
2018 2017
Equity Method:
Balance at beginning of the year P329,422 P276,559
Share in net income 101,009 73,133
Share in OCI:
Items that do not recycle to profit or loss in subsequent periods
Remeasurement loss on life insurance reserves 31,374 (12,221)
Items that recycle to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Net unrealized loss on FVOCI (126,713) (8,050)
Balance at end of the year P335,092 P329,422
CBSI
Cost of investment includes the original amount incurred by the Parent Company from its acquisition of CBSI in 2007 amounting
to P1.07 billion. The capital infusion to CBSI in 2018 amounting to P500 million was approved by the Parent Company’s BOD on
June 6, 2018.
On November 6, 2015, the BSP issued the Certificate of Authority on the Articles of Merger and the Plan of Merger, as amended, of CBSI
and PDB.
On December 17, 2015, CBSI obtained SEC’s approval of its merger with PDB, whereby the entire assets and liabilities of PDB shall be
transferred to and absorbed by CBSI.
Acquisition of PDB
In 2014, the Parent Company made tender offers to non−controlling stockholders of PDB. As of December 31, 2014, the Parent Company
owns 99.85% and 100.00% of PDB’s outstanding common and preferred stocks, respectively.
69
As of December 31, 2014, the Parent Company’s cost of investment in PDB consists of:
On March 31, 2015, the Parent Company made additional capital infusion to PDB amounting to P1.70 billion. Of the total cost of investment,
the consideration transferred for the acquisition of PDB follows:
In 2015, the MB of the BSP granted to the Group investment and merger incentives in the form of waiver of special licensing fees for 67
additional branch licenses in restricted areas. This is in addition to the initial investment and merger incentives of 30 new branches in
restricted areas and 35 branches to be transferred from unrestricted to restricted areas granted to the Parent Company by the MB in 2014.
These branch licenses were granted under the Strengthening Program for Rural Bank (SPRB) Plus Framework.
On April 6, 2016, the Parent Company’s BOD has approved the allocation of the 67 additional branch licenses in restricted areas as follows:
49 to the Parent Company and 18 to CBSI. Pursuant to a memorandum dated March 18, 2017, the 67 branch licenses were awarded as
incentives by the Monetary Board as a result of the Parent Company’s acquisition of PDB. Goodwill from acquisition of PDB is computed as
follows:
CIBI
On December 7, 2018, the BOD of CIBI approved the declaration of the cash dividends of P50 million from the CIBI’s unrestricted retained
earnings for Stockholders on record as of December 15, 2018 payable on December 26, 2018.
CBCC
On April 1, 2015, the BOD approved the investment of the Parent Company in an investment house subsidiary, CBCC, up to the amount of
P500.00 million, subject to the requirements of relevant regulatory agencies. On April 30, 2015, the BSP approved the request of the Parent
Company to invest up to 100% or up to 500.00 million common shares in CBCC, subject to certain conditions. On November 27, 2015, the
SEC approved the Articles of Incorporation and By−Laws of CBCC. It also granted CBCC the license to operate as an investment house.
Actual capital infusion to CBCC amounted to P200.00 million and P300.00 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.
On June 29, 2016, CBCC and the shareholders of ATC (the Original Shareholders) entered into an Agreement for the Purchase of Shares
(Agreement), whereby CBCC agreed to buy, and the Original Shareholders agreed to sell, 3,800,000 shares representing 100% of the issued
and outstanding shares of ATC.
The initial purchase price for the acquisition of ATC was set at P21,767,997.50, payable as follows:
On February 22, 2017, the Philippine Stock Exchange approved ATC’s application for change in controlling interest through CBCC’s
acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of ATC.
In view of the prolonged period since the Agreement was signed and the resulting change in the financial position, prospects, and other
circumstances of ATC and its Original Shareholders, the parties agreed to negotiate an adjustment to the purchase price that is mutually
acceptable to CBCC and the Original Shareholders.
On March 6, 2017, CBCC and the Original Shareholders agreed to fix the final purchase price of the acquisition at P26,704,341, and the
Original Shareholders executed deeds of absolute sale of their respective shares in ATC in favor of CBCC. By virtue of this transaction, CBCC
assumed ownership and control of ATC.
On March 6, 2017, CBCC and ATC entered into a Subscription Agreement, whereby CBCC subscribed to 7,200,000 common shares of ATC
at a price of P10.00 per share or a total subscription price of P72.00 million.
The fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities arising from the acquisition as of March 6, 2017 are as follows:
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents P9,196,017
Accounts receivable 348,024
Computer software (net) 559,375
Office equipment (net) 149,264
Trading rights 8,500,000
Prepaid expenses 1,755,945
Condominium 12,063,309
Other assets 3,004,295
Total Assets 35,576,228
Liabilities
Accounts payable 406,250
Payable to customer 2,256,733
Payable to clearing house 61,519
Other liabilities 56,820
Total Liabilities 2,781,321
Net Book Value P32,794,907
71
The acquisition by CBCC of ATC Securities, Inc. resulted in recognition of gain on bargain purchase which is determined as follows:
The gain from a bargain purchase identified as the excess of the fair value of the net assets of ATC Securities, Inc. over the cost of acquisition
is mainly attributable to the mutually agreed price that accounts for intention of the Original Shareholders to ultimately retire from the business,
prevention of further outlay of funds from the Original Shareholders to ensure compliance with regulatory capital requirements and their
relative ability to divest of the said shares in an expeditious manner.
Gain on bargain purchase is included under ‘Miscellaneous income’ in the consolidated statements of income (Note 21).
Cash and cash equivalents acquired from ATC Securities, Inc. P9,196,017
Cash paid 24,033,906
Net Cash Outflow P14,837,889
From the date of acquisition, CBCSec’s operating income and net income included in the consolidated statement of income amounted to
P6.37 million. If the acquisition had taken place at the beginning 2017, the Group’s total operating income and net income in 2017 would
have increased by P5.69 million.
On July 6, 2017, the SEC approved the change of name from ATC Securities, Inc. to China Bank Securities Corporation.
On August 23, 2017, CBCC subscribed to the remaining 4,000,000 unissued common shares of CBCSec at a price of P10.00 per share or
a total subscription price of P40.00 million, to provide CBCSec with sufficient capital buffer as its transition and ramps up its operations as
the equities brokerage house of the Group.
Investment in Associates
Investment in associates in the consolidated and Parent Company’s financial statements pertain to investment in MCB Life and CBC−PCCI’s
investment in Urban Shelters (accounted for by CBC−PCCI in its financial statements as an investment in an associate) which is carried at nil
amount as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
The following tables show the summarized financial information of MCB Life:
2018 2017
Total assets P34,832,490 P31,656,389
Total liabilities 34,007,106 30,834,456
Equity 825,384 821,933
2018 2017
Revenues P9,176,931 6,268,405
Benefits, claims and operating expenses 8,898,029 6,066,765
Income (loss) before income tax 278,902 201,640
Net income (loss) P252,522 P182,833
The BSP requires the Parent Company to maintain a minimum of 5.00% ownership over MCB Life in order for MCB Life to be allowed to
continue distributing its insurance products through the Parent Company’s branches.
On September 12, 2014, the BSP approved the request of the Parent Company to raise its capital investment in MCB Life from 5.00% to
40.00% of its authorized capital through purchase of P1.75 million common shares.
On December 5, 2018, the Parent Company’s BOD approved the additional capital infusion in the amount of P40.00 million in MCB Life.
This represents 40% of the P100.00 million total capital infusion in MCB Life with the balance of P60.00 million to be provided by Manulife
Philippines. On top of complying with the higher capital requirements for insurance companies, the additional capital will improve MCB Life’s
capacity to underwrite more business and enhance its competitive position.
Commission income earned by the Parent Company from its bancassurance agreement amounting to P357.79 million, P360.01 million,
P383.48 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, is included under ‘Miscellaneous income’ in the statements of income (Note 20).
Consolidated
Furniture,
Land Fixtures and Leasehold Construction− 2018
(Note 23) Equipment Buildings Improvements in−Progress Total
Cost
Balance at beginning of year P3,345,404 P7,893,528 P1,941,742 P1,855,565 P61,489 P15,097,728
Additions 631,734 23,978 315,486 86,804 1,058,002
Disposals/transfers* (127,141) (616,184) (176,307) 18,832 (123,565) (1,024,365)
Balance at end of year 3,218,263 7,909,078 1,789,413 2,189,883 24,728 15,131,365
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
Balance at beginning of year − 6,079,049 1,103,650 1,038,017 − 8,220,716
Depreciation and amortization − 704,124 94,836 211,907 − 1,010,867
Disposals/transfers* − (423,065) (134,512) 6,901 − (550,676)
Balance at end of year − 6,360,108 1,063,974 1,256,825 − 8,680,907
Allowance for Impairment Losses (Note 16)
Balance at beginning of year − − 1,148 − − 1,148
Reclassification − − (1,148) − − (1,148)
Balance at end of year − − − − − −
Net Book Value at End of Year P3,218,263 P1,548,970 P725,439 P933,058 P24,728 P6,450,458
*Includes transfers from investment properties amounting to P20.13 million.
73
Consolidated
Furniture,
Land Fixtures and Leasehold Construction− 2017
(Note 23) Equipment Buildings Improvements in−Progress Total
Cost
Balance at beginning of year P3,345,404 P7,163,737 P1,893,525 P1,482,415 P86,405 P13,971,486
Additions − 988,658 73,800 679,305 10,410 1,752,173
Disposals/transfers* − (258,867) (25,583) (306,155) (35,326) (625,931)
Balance at end of year 3,345,404 7,893,528 1,941,742 1,855,565 61,489 15,097,728
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
Balance at beginning of year − 5,562,502 1,013,29 6 897,049 − 7,472,847
Depreciation and amortization − 674,334 74,625 183,435 − 932,394
Disposals/transfers* − (157,787) 15,729 (42,467) − (184,525)
Balance at end of year − 6,079,049 1,103,650 1,038,017 − 8,220,716
Allowance for Impairment Losses (Note 16)
Balance at beginning of year − − 2,371 − − 2,371
Reclassification − − (1,223) − − (1,223)
Balance at end of year − − 1,148 − − 1,148
Net Book Value at End of Year P3,345,404 P1,814,479 P836,944 P817,548 P61,489 P6,875,864
*Includes transfers from investment properties amounting to P10.82 million
Parent Company
Furniture,
Land Fixtures and Leasehold Construction− 2018
(Note 23) Equipment Buildings Improvements in−Progress Total
Cost
Balance at beginning of year P2,786,310 P6,668,301 P1,085,668 P1,351,869 P61,486 P11,953,634
Additions − 498,101 16,235 223,957 86,804 825,097
Disposals/transfers* − (537,615) 2,127 (39,802) (123,565) (698,855)
Balance at end of year 2,786,310 6,628,787 1,104,030 1,536,024 24,725 12,079,876
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
Balance at beginning of year − 5,189,416 543,875 755,761 − 6,489,052
Depreciation and amortization − 557,586 36,010 148,934 − 742,530
Disposals/transfers* − (365,749) 618 (51,961) − (417,092)
Balance at end of year − 5,381,253 580,503 852,734 − 6,814,490
Net Book Value at End of Year P2,786,310 P1,247,534 P523,527 P683,290 P24,725 P5,265,386
*Includes transfers from investment properties amounting to P20.13 million.
Parent Company
Furniture,
Land Fixtures and Leasehold Construction− 2017
(Note 23) Equipment Buildings Improvements in−Progress Total
Cost
Balance at beginning of year P2,786,310 P6,082,009 P1,077,608 P1,093,494 P80,139 P11,119,560
Additions − 786,776 40,422 550,076 10,410 1,387,684
Disposals/transfers* − (200,484) (32,362) (291,701) (29,063) (553,610)
Balance at end of year 2,786,310 6,668,301 1,085,668 1,351,869 61,486 11,9 53,634
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
Balance at beginning of year − 4,775,377 517,491 682,711 − 5,975,579
Depreciation and amortization − 537,338 26,456 115,273 − 679,067
Disposals/transfers* − (123,299) (72) (42,223) − (165,594)
Balance at end of year − 5,189,416 543,875 755,761 − 6,489,052
Net Book Value at End of Year P2,786,310 P1,478,885 P541,793 P59 6,108 P61,486 P5,464,582
*Includes transfers from investment properties amounting to P10.82 million.
74 CHINA BANKING CO RPORATI ON
The Group adopted the deemed cost model as of January 1, 2004 and considered the carrying value of the land determined under its
previous accounting method (revaluation method) as the deemed cost of the asset as of January 1, 2005. Accordingly, revaluation increment
amounting to P1.28 billion was closed to surplus (Note 23) in 2011.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the gross carrying amount of fully depreciated furniture, fixtures and equipment still in use amounted to
P3.47 billion and P2.89 billion, respectively, for the Group and P2.61 billion and P2.31 billion, respectively, for the Parent Company.
Gain on sale of furniture, fixtures and equipment amounting to P1.81 million, P2.11 million and P2.97 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively, for the Group and P1.60 million, P1.69 million and P2.17 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for the Parent Company
are included in the statements of income under ‘Miscellaneous income’ account (Note 21).
In 2016, depreciation and amortization amounting to P842.22 million and P595.81 million for the Group and Parent Company, respectively,
are included in the statements of income under ‘Depreciation and amortization’ account.
Consolidated
Buildings and 2018
Land Improvements Total
Cost
Balance at beginning of year P4,605,061 P2,646,549 P7,251,610
Additions 135,099 408,334 543,433
Disposals/write−off/transfers* (454,309) (395,136) (849,445)
Balance at end of year 4,285,851 2,659,747 6,945,598
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
Balance at beginning of year – 742,071 742,071
Depreciation and amortization – 170,978 170,978
Disposals/write−off/transfers* – (32,285) (32,285)
Balance at end of year – 880,764 880,764
Allowance for Impairment Losses (Note 16)
Balance at beginning of year 1,028,013 409,370 1,437,383
Write−off (85,454) (76,697) (162,151)
Balance at end of year 942,559 332,673 1,275,232
Net Book Value at End of Year P3,343,292 P1,446,310 P4,789,602
*Includes transfers to bank premises amounting to P20.13 million (Note 12).
75
Consolidated
Buildings and 2017
Land Improvements Total
Cost
Balance at beginning of year P4,730,076 P2,788,397 P7,518,473
Additions 299,806 279,283 579,089
Disposals/write−off/transfers* (424,821) (421,131) (845,952)
Balance at end of year 4,605,061 2,646,549 7,251,610
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
Balance at beginning of year – 755,763 755,763
Depreciation and amortization – 191,338 191,338
Disposals/write−off/transfers* – (205,030) (205,030)
Balance at end of year – 742,071 742,071
Allowance for Impairment Losses (Note 16)
Balance at beginning of year 1,028,013 384,958 1,412,971
Reversal during the year – 24,412 24,412
Disposals/write−off/reclassification* 1,028,013 409,370 1,437,383
Balance at end of year 3,577,048 1,49 5,108 5,072,156
Net Book Value at End of Year P4,730,076 P2,788,397 P7,518,473
*Includes transfers to bank premises amounting to P10.82 million (Note 12).
Parent Company
Buildings and 2018
Land Improvements Total
Cost
Balance at beginning of year P1,859,355 P1,397,668 P3,257,023
Additions 135,099 125,671 260,770
Disposals/write−off/transfers* (574,177) (193,400) (767,577)
Balance at end of year 1,420,277 1,329,939 2,750,216
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
Balance at beginning of year – 500,102 500,102
Depreciation and amortization – 89,928 89,928
Disposals/write−off/transfers* – (149,575) (149,575)
Balance at end of year – 440,455 440,455
Allowance for Impairment Losses (Note 16)
Balance at beginning and end of year 1,004,729 201,689 1,206,418
Write−off (85,454) – (85,454)
Balance at end of year 919,275 201,689 1,120,964
Net Book Value at End of Year P501,002 P687,795 P1,188,797
*Includes transfers to bank premises amounting to P20.13 million (Note 12).
The Group’s investment properties consist entirely of real estate properties acquired in settlement of loans and receivables. The difference
between the fair value of the investment property upon foreclosure and the carrying value of the loan is recognized under ‘Gain on asset
foreclosure and dacion transactions’ in the statements of income.
In 2016, depreciation and amortization amounting to P173.01 million and P98.92 million for the Group and Parent Company, respectively,
are included in the statements of income under ‘Depreciation and amortization’ account.
Details of rental income earned and direct operating expenses incurred on investment properties follow:
Consolidated
2018 2017 2016
Rent income on investment properties P35,323 P32,499 P20,19 0
Direct operating expenses on investment properties
generating rent income 1,451 924 4,767
Direct operating expenses on investment properties not
generating rent income 66,011 52,029 67,619
Parent Company
2018 2017 2016
Rent income on investment properties P10,994 P8,250 P39,734
Direct operating expenses on investment properties
generating rent income 649 799 886
Direct operating expenses on investment properties not
generating rent income 29,584 33,405 44,089
Rent income earned from leasing out investment properties is included under ‘Miscellaneous income’ in the statements of income (Note 21).
On August 26, 2011, the Parent Company was registered as an Economic Zone Information Technology (IT) Facilities Enterprise with
the Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) to operate and maintain a proposed 17-storey building located inside the CBP-IT Park in
Barangays Mabolo, Luz, Hipodromo, Carreta, and Kamputhaw, Cebu City, for lease to PEZA-registered IT enterprises, and to be known as
Chinabank Corporate Center. This registration is under PEZA Registration Certificate No. 11-03-F.
Under this registration, the Parent Company is entitled to five percent (5.00%) final tax on gross income earned from locator IT enterprises
and related operations in accordance with existing PEZA rules. The Parent Company shall also be exempted from the payment of all national
and local taxes in relation to this registered activity.
77
14. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition costs over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of companies acquired by
the Group.
The Group attributed the goodwill arising from its acquisition of CBSI and PDB to factors such as increase in geographical presence and
customer base due to the branches acquired. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. CBSI
as surviving entity from the merger with PDB, is the identified CGU for this goodwill. The Parent Company’s Retail Banking Business (RBB)
has been identified as the CGU for impairment testing of the goodwill from its acquisition of CBSI.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, amount of goodwill per CGU follows:
The recoverable amount of the CGUs have been determined based on a value-in-use calculation using cash flow projections from financial
budgets approved by senior management covering a five-year period, which do not include restructuring activities that the Group is not yet
committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the asset base of the CGU being tested. Other than loans and deposits
growth rates, the significant assumptions, and the most sensitive, used in computing for the recoverable values of the CGUs follow:
2018 2017
RBB CBSI RBB CBSI
Discount rate 7.12% 9.81% 6.41% 7.83%
Terminal value growth rate 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00%
With regard to the assessment of value-in-use of the CGU, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the above key
assumptions would cause the carrying value of the goodwill to materially exceed its recoverable amount as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Branch Licenses
Branch licenses of the Group arose from the acquisitions of CBSI, Unity Bank, and PDB. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, details of
branch licenses in the Group’s and Parent Company’s financial statements follow:
The individual branches have been identified as the CGU for impairment testing of the branch licenses. The recoverable amounts of the CGUs
for impairment testing of the branch licenses have been determined based on the higher between fair value less cost to sell and value-in-use
calculations.
FVLCD is based on special licensing fee of BSP on branches operating on identified restricted areas. Value-in-use calculation uses cash flow
projections from financial budgets approved by senior management covering a five-year period, which do not include restructuring activities
that the Group is not yet committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the asset base of the CGU being tested.
The calculation of the value-in-use of the CGU is most sensitive to the following assumptions:
• Discount rates
• Terminal value growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the budget period
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable also includes non-interest bearing advances to officers and employees, with terms ranging from 1 to 30 days and
receivables of the Parent Company from automated teller machine (ATM) transactions of clients of other banks that transacted through any
of the Parent Company’s ATM terminals.
79
Sales Contract Receivable
This refers to the amortized cost of assets acquired in settlement of loans through foreclosure or dation in payment and subsequently sold on
installment basis whereby the title to the said property is transferred to the buyers only upon full payment of the agreed selling price.
SCR bears fixed interest rate per annum in 2018 and 2017 ranging from 5.00% to 10.00% and 5.00% to 10.25%, respectively.
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous consists mainly of unissued stationery and supplies, inter-office float items, and deposits for various services.
Changes in the allowance for impairment and credit losses are as follows:
At the current level of allowance for impairment and credit losses, management believes that the Group has sufficient allowance to cover
any losses that may be incurred from the non-collection or non-realization of its loans and receivables and other risk assets.
The separate valuation allowance of acquired loans and receivables from PDB amounting to P1.59 billion was not recognized by the Group
on the effectivity date of acquisition as these receivables were measured at fair value at acquisition date. Any uncertainties about future
cash flows of these receivables were included in their fair value measurement (Note 11). Also, the separate valuation allowance of acquired
investment properties from PDB amounting to P199.15 million was not recognized by the Group on the effectivity date of acquisition as these
properties were measured at fair value on acquisition date.
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Corporate and commercial lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P1,567,376 P2,540,760 P1,866,388 P5,974,524
Movements with P&L impact
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (14,441) 28,817 – 14,376
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (239) – 16,030 15,791
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 88,811 (610,794) – (521,983)
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (127) 12,175 12,048
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 835 – (1,524) (689)
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – 402 (41,564) (41,162)
New financial assets originated or purchased 1,659,492 82,660 326,658 2,068,810
Changes in PDs/LGDs/EADs (133,642) (1,009,545) 9,740 (1,133,447)
Financial assets derecognised during the period (282,839) (29,273) (530,585) (842,697)
Total net P&L charge during the period 1,317,977 (1,537,860) (209,070) (428,953)
Other movements without P&L impact
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements (110,226) (19,240) (67,211) (196,677)
Total movements without P&L impact (110,226) (19,240) (67,211) (196,677)
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P2,775,127 P983,660 P1,590,107 P5,348,894
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Consumer lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P98,783 P180,441 P1,262,884 P1,542,108
Movements with P&L impact
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (222) 919 – 697
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (1,548) – 73,986 72,438
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 628 (2,447) – (1,819)
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (567) 143,142 142,575
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 188 – (12,493) (12,305)
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – 31 (4,990) (4,959)
New financial assets originated or purchased 130,472 (270,546) 54,037 (86,037)
Changes in PDs/LGDs/EADs 1,952 (3,359) (824) (2,231)
Financial assets derecognised during the period (2,032) 112,104 132,792 242,864
Total net P&L charge during the period 129,438 (163,865) 385,650 351,223
Other movements without P&L impact
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements (4,839) – (506,957) (511,79 6)
Total movements without P&L impact (4,839) – (506,957) (511,79 6)
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P223,382 P16,576 P1,141,577 P1,381,535
81
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Trade-related lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P56,619 P5,19 5 P33,872 P95,686
Movements with P&L impact
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – – – –
New financial assets originated or purchased 48,922 25,774 – 74,69 6
Changes in PDs/LGDs/EADs – – – –
Financial assets derecognised during the period (51,863) (587) 1,225 (51,225)
Total net P&L charge during the period (2,941) 25,187 1,225 23,471
Other movements without P&L impact
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements – (4,608) (15,697) (20,305)
Total movements without P&L impact – (4,608) (15,697) (20,305)
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P53,678 P25,774 P19,400 P98,852
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Investments in debt instruments (AC)
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P5,818 P532,164 P151,836 P689,818
Total net P&L charge during the period 142,818 (8,989) – 133,828
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements 60,312 (508,858) – (448,545)
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P208,949 P14,317 P151,836 P375,102
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Investments in debt instruments (FVOCI)
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P4,061 P– P– P4,061
Total net P&L charge during the period (565) 2 – (564)
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements – – – –
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P3,496 P2 P– P3,498
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Corporate and commercial lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P1,463,125 P2,504,510 P1,145,534 P5,113,169
Movements with P&L impact
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (12,166) 26,542 – 14,376
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (149) – 15,940 15,791
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 87,675 (609,658) – (521,983)
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (91) 12,139 12,048
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 3 – (692) (689)
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – 402 (41,564) (41,162)
New financial assets originated or purchased 1,560,644 79,805 97,884 1,738,333
Changes in PDs/LGDs/EADs (133,642) (1,009,545) 9,740 (1,133,447)
Financial assets derecognised during the period (209,096) (10,947) (262,008) (482,051)
Total net P&L charge during the period 1,293,269 (1,523,492) (168,561) (398,784)
Other movements without P&L impact
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements (110,226) (19,240) (67,211) (196,677)
Total movements without P&L impact (110,226) (19,240) (67,211) (196,677)
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P2,646,168 P961,778 P909,762 P4,517,708
83
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Consumer lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P72,857 P13,726 P708,170 P794,753
Movements with P&L impact
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (222) 919 – 697
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (1,548) – 73,986 72,438
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 628 (2,447) – (1,819)
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (567) 143,142 142,575
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 188 – (12,493) (12,305)
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – 31 (4,990) (4,959)
New financial assets originated or purchased 27,182 1,999 74,735 103,916
Changes in PDs/LGDs/EADs 1,952 (3,359) (824) (2,231)
Financial assets derecognised during the period (2,032) (4,581) 19,358 12,745
Total net P&L charge during the period 26,148 (8,005) 292,914 311,057
Other movements without P&L impact
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements (4,839) – (287,062) (291,901)
Total movements without P&L impact (4,839) – (287,062) (291,901)
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P9 4,166 P5,721 P714,022 P813,909
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Trade-related lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P44,695 P5,19 5 P33,872 P83,762
Movements with P&L impact
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – – – –
New financial assets originated or purchased 48,922 25,774 – 74,69 6
Changes in PDs/LGDs/EADs – – – –
Financial assets derecognised during the period (44,695) (587) 1,225 (44,057)
Total net P&L charge during the period 4,227 25,187 1,225 30,639
Other movements without P&L impact
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements – (4,608) (15,697) (20,305)
Total movements without P&L impact – (4,608) (15,697) (20,305)
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P48,922 P25,774 P19,400 P94,096
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Investments in debt instruments (FVOCI)
Loss allowance at January 1, 2018 P4,061 P– P– P4,061
Total net P&L charge during the period (565) 2 – (564)
Write-offs, foreclosures and other movements – – – –
Loss allowance at December 31, 2018 P3,496 P2 P– P3,498
Parent Company
2017
AFS Financial
Loans and Receivables Assets
Corporate
and Unquoted Accrued
Commercial Consumer Trade−related Equity Interest
Lending Lending Lending Others Total Securities Receivable
Balance at beginning of year P4,381,126 P1,061,364 P265,846 P689 P5,709,025 P6,323 P62,019
Provisions (recoveries) during the year 138,503 252,010 158 – 390,671 – 141
Transfers/others (898,767) – (91,206) (143) (9 9 0,116) – (3,891)
Balance at end of year P3,620,862 P1,313,374 P174,79 8 P546 P5,109,580 P6,323 P58,269
Individual impairment 728,378 925,165 46,061 – 1,699,604 6,323 58,269
Collective impairment 2,892,484 388,209 128,737 546 3,409,976 – –
P3,620,862 P1,313,374 P174,79 8 P546 P5,109,580 P6,323 P58,269
85
The corresponding movement of the gross carrying amount of the financial asset are shown below:
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Total
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Corporate and commercial lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P343,382,501 P21,959,934 P3,803,100 P369,145,536
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (2,204,591) 2,204,591 – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (541,79 0) – 541,79 0 –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 5,741,579 (5,741,579) – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (110,9 06) 110,9 06 –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 4,599 - (4,599) –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – 58,581 (58,581) –
Movements in outstanding balance (12,748,731) (1,385,560) (68,568) (14,202,859)
Financial assets derecognised during the period (146,379,371) (4,302,610) (647,546) (151,329,527)
New financial assets purchased or originated 203,356,235 4,842,239 204,531 208,403,004
Write-offs (49,904) – (45,800) (95,704)
Foreclosures (20,000) (100,000) – (120,000)
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P390,540,527 P17,424,690 P3,835,233 P411,800,451
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Consumer lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P59,172,559 P11,538,435 P3,147,219 P73,858,213
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (297,371) 297,371 – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (69 5,183) – 69 5,183 –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 385,789 (385,789) - –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (241,795) 241,795 –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 94,603 – (94,603) –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – 7,300 (7,300) –
Movements in outstanding balance (5,137,045) (841,339) (42,527) (6,020,911)
Financial assets derecognised during the period (6,609,339) (7,913,933) (310,274) (14,833,546)
New financial assets purchased or originated 33,786,248 750,348 213,449 34,750,046
Write-offs (568) – (503,842) (504,409)
Foreclosures (8,052) – (26,400) (34,452)
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P80,691,641 P3,210,598 P3,312,700 P87,214,939
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Investments in amortised cost 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P106,283,139 P1,491,862 – P107,775,001
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (1,503,373) 1,503,373 – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 1,015,768 (1,015,768) – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (508,880) 508,880 –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – – – –
Movements in outstanding balance – – – –
Financial assets derecognised during the period (1,499,195) – (508,880) (2,008,075)
New financial assets purchased or originated 59,725,675 3,678,571 – 63,404,246
Other movements 3,556,344 32,786 151,836 3,740,9 65
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P167,578,357 P5,181,944 P151,836 P172,912,137
87
Consolidated
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Investments at FVOCI (debt) 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P7,139,941 P– P– P7,139,941
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – – – –
Movements in outstanding balance – – – –
Financial assets derecognised during the period (1,301,024) – – (1,301,024)
New financial assets purchased or originated 5,548,115 – – 5,548,115
Other movements (1,392,669) – – (1,392,669)
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P9,994,362 P– P– P9,994,362
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Corporate and commercial lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P314,896,868 P20,860,133 P1,396,331 P337,153,332
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (1,614,808) 1,614,808 – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (16,150) – 16,150 –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 5,416,311 (5,416,311) – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (22,537) 22,537 –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 471 – (471) –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – 58,581 (58,581) –
Movements in outstanding balance (13,147,09 5) (1,041,488) (12,753) (14,201,336)
Financial assets derecognised during the period (138,623,015) (3,962,344) (410,260) (142,995,619)
New financial assets purchased or originated 196,692,368 4,810,531 160,778 201,663,677
Write-offs (49,904) - (45,800) (95,705)
Foreclosures (20,000) (100,000) - (120,000)
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P363,535,045 P16,801,373 P1,067,931 P381,404,350
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Trade-related lending 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P9,462,533 P1,185,331 P40,138 P10,688,002
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – – – –
Movements in outstanding balance – – – –
Financial assets derecognised during the period (9,462,533) (1,180,722) (1,122) (10,644,378)
New financial assets purchased or originated 11,229,908 1,684,378 – 12,914,287
Write-offs – (4,608) (12,455) (17,063)
Foreclosures – – (3,242) (3,242)
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P11,229,908 P1,684,378 P23,319 P12,937,606
89
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Investments in amortised cost 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P101,081,352 P1,491,862 P– P102,573,214
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (1,503,373) 1,503,373 – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 1,015,768 (1,015,768) – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – (508,880) 508,880 –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – – – –
Movements in outstanding balance – – – –
Financial assets derecognised during the period (1,499,195) – (508,880) (2,008,075)
New financial assets purchased or originated 56,300,580 3,678,571 – 59,979,151
Other movements 3,462,329 32,786 – 3,49 5,114
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P158,857,460 P5,181,944 P– P164,039,404
Parent Company
ECL Staging
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Investments at FVOCI (debt) 12-month ECL Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
Gross carrying amount as at January 1, 2018 P5,147,303 P– P– P5,147,303
Transfers:
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 – – – –
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2 – – – –
Movements in outstanding balance – – – –
Financial assets derecognised during the period (1,107,221) – – (1,107,221)
New financial assets purchased or originated 5,265,658 – – 5,265,658
Other movements (1,164,380) – – (1,163,733)
Gross carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 P8,141,359 P– P– P8,141,359
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 33.64% and 36.13% respectively, of the total deposit liabilities of the Group and 37.56% and 40.19%
of the parent are subject to periodic interest repricing. The remaining deposit liabilities bear annual fixed interest rates ranging from 0.13% to
4.55% in 2018, 0.13% to 3.65% in 2017, 0.13% to 3.25% in 2016, 0.13% to 2.75% in 2015 and 2014.
BSP Circular No. 830 requires reserves against deposit liabilities. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, due from BSP amounting to
P100.06 billion and P95.90 billion, respectively, for the Group and P93.26 billion and P89.17 billion, respectively, for the Parent Company
were set aside as reserves for deposit liabilities per latest report submitted BSP. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Group is in
compliance with such regulation.
On June 2, 2017, the Parent Company issued at par LTNCDs with aggregate principal amount of P6.35 billion due December 22, 2022,
representing the second tranche of the P20.00 billion.
On March 7, 2018, the BOD approved the Bank’s Peso funding program of up to P50.00 billion via a combination of LTNCD and/or Retail
Bonds and/or Commercial Papers.
On July 12, 2018, the Parent Company issued at par LTNCDs with aggregate principal amount of P10.25 billion due January 12, 2024,
representing the first tranche of the P20 billion LTNCD approved by BSP on June 14, 2018. The LTNCDs bear a fixed coupon rate of
4.55% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. The P20.00 billion LTNCD program is part of the Group’s funding program amounting to
P50.00 billion.
The LTNCDs are included under the ‘Time deposit liabilities’ account.
91
18. BILLS PAYABLE
Bills Payable
The Group’s and the Parent Company’s bills payable consist of:
As of December 31, 2018, the carrying amount of foreign currency-denominated investment securities at amortized cost and FVOCI
pledged by the Parent Company as collateral for its interbank borrowings amounted to P13.32 billion and P0.73 billion, respectively.
The carrying amount of peso-denominated investment securities at amortized cost pledged by the Parent Company as collateral for its
interbank borrowings amounted to P20.69 billion. The fair value of investment securities at amortized cost pledged as collateral amounted
to P31.86 billion as of December 31, 2018 (Note 9).
As of December 31, 2017, the carrying amount of foreign currency-denominated HTM and AFS financial assets pledged by the Parent
Company as collateral for its interbank borrowings amounted to P3.43 billion and P3.72 billion, respectively. The carrying amount of peso-
denominated HTM, AFS and HFT financial assets pledged by the Parent Company as collateral for its interbank borrowings amounted
to P10.25 billion, P0.10 billion and P0.49 billion, respectively. The fair value of HTM financial assets pledged as collateral amounted to
P13.24 billion as of December 31, 2017 (Note 9).
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, margin deposits amounting to P930.82 billion and P497.26 million, respectively, are deposited with
various counterparties to meet the collateral requirements for its interbank loans payable.
Trade finance
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, trade finance consists of the Parent Company’s borrowings from financial institutions using bank trade
assets as the basis for borrowing foreign currency. The refinancing amount should not exceed the aggregate amount of trade assets.
Accounts payable includes payables to suppliers and service providers, and loan payments and other charges received from customers in
advance.
Off-balance sheet exposures (Note 30) subject to ECL include syndicated and long-term lines. ECL for these exposures that was recognized
on January 1, 2018 to P1.67 billion for the Group and P1.61 billion for the Parent Company.
Miscellaneous mainly includes sundry credits, inter−office float items, and dormant deposit accounts.
93
Trading and securities gain - net
This account consists of:
Miscellaneous Income
Details of this account are as follows:
On April 11, 2017, the Bureau of Treasury (BTr) paid the Group the final tax withheld (FWT) from the proceeds of the Poverty Eradication
and Alleviation Certificates (PEACe) bonds last October 18, 2011, plus 4.00% interest per annum from October 19, 2011 to April 10, 2017.
Total settlement amount were paid in the form of 3-year Retail Treasury Bonds with interest of 4.25% per annum. The settlement resulted
in gain amounting to P381.65 million and P356.77 million for the Group and Parent Company, respectively, which is presented under
‘Miscellaneous income’ in 2017.
Miscellaneous Expenses
Details of this account are as follows:
The following tables present both the Group’s and Parent Company’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 analyzed
according to when they are expected to be recovered or settled within one year and beyond one year from the respective reporting date:
Consolidated
2018 2017
Within Over Within Over
Twelve Months Twelve Months Total Twelve Months Twelve Months Total
Financial assets
Cash and other cash items P15,639,474 P– P15,639,474 P12,685,984 P– P12,685,984
Due from BSP 101,889,773 – 101,889,773 98,490,014 – 98,490,014
Due from other banks 9,455,447 – 9,455,447 15,641,476 – 15,641,476
Interbank loans receivable and SPURA 11,998,040 – 11,998,040 18,751,845 – 18,751,845
Financial assets at FVPL 6,273,368 1,322,894 7,596,262 12,730,270 3,508,618 16,238,888
Financial assets at FVOCI
AFS financial assets – gross 1,364,962 8,732,542 10,097,504 7,389,865 39,094,353 46,484,218
Investment securities at amortized cost
HTM financial assets 9,893,261 163,018,876 172,912,137 628,196 64,658,071 65,286,267
Loans and receivables – gross 166,260,382 346,629,390 512,889,772 163,581,848 292,036,163 455,618,011
Accrued interest receivable – gross 6,000,736 – 6,000,736 3,883,957 – 3,883,957
Other assets – gross 3,294,964 1,121,036 4,416,000 3,188,970 1,223,673 4,412,643
332,070,407 520,824,738 852,895,145 336,972,425 400,520,878 737,493,303
Nonfinancial assets
Bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment
− net of accumulated depreciation and
amortization – 6,450,458 6,450,458 – 6,877,012 6,877,012
Investment properties − net of accumulated
depreciation – 6,064,835 6,064,835 – 6,509,539 6,509,539
Deferred tax assets – 2,514,889 2,514,889 – 1,778,081 1,778,081
Investments in associates – 335,092 335,092 – 329,422 329,422
Intangible assets – 4,215,199 4,215,199 – 4,104,032 4,104,032
Goodwill – 839,748 839,748 – 839,748 839,748
Other assets – gross 1,351,634 1,211,331 2,562,965 1,281,008 1,292,209 2,573,217
1,351,634 21,631,552 22,983,186 1,281,008 21,730,043 23,011,051
Allowance for impairment and credit losses (Note 16) (9,551,150) (8,748,958)
Unearned discounts (Note 10) (255,535) (307,886)
(9,806,685) (9,056,844)
P866,071,646 P751,447,510
Financial liabilities
Deposit liabilities 682,760,286 39,363,010 722,123,296 602,734,404 32,358,989 635,093,393
Bills payable 39,826,532 – 39,826,532 20,118,031 – 20,118,031
Manager’s checks 2,577,175 – 2,577,175 2,441,042 – 2,441,042
Accrued interest and other expenses* 2,098,994 352,335 2,451,329 1,114,252 267,189 1,381,441
Derivative liabilities 455,150 – 455,150 267,533 – 267,533
Other liabilities 6,110,225 1,213,812 7,324,037 5,399,076 – 5,399,076
733,828,362 40,929,157 774,757,519 632,074,338 32,626,178 664,700,516
Nonfinancial liabilities
Accrued interest and other expenses 161,542 1,229,654 1,391,196 105,468 1,140,710 1,246,178
Deferred tax liabilities – 1,231,145 1,231,145 – 1,161,653 1,161,653
Income tax payable 477,585 – 477,585 362,041 – 362,041
Other liabilities 325,508 32,102 357,610 202,174 119,451 321,625
P734,792,997 P43,422,058 P778,215,055 P632,744,021 P35,047,992 P667,792,013
*Accrued interest and other expenses include accrued interest payable and accrued other expenses payable (Note 19).
95
Parent Company
2018 2017
Within Over Within Over
Twelve Months Twelve Months Total Twelve Months Twelve Months Total
Financial assets
Cash and other cash items P13,705,304 P– P13,705,304 P11,160,173 P– P11,160,173
Due from BSP 95,092,944 – 95,092,944 91,717,037 – 91,717,037
Due from other banks 7,837,894 – 7,837,894 14,066,620 – 14,066,620
SPURA 8,998,040 – 8,998,040 17,347,522 – 17,347,522
Financial assets at FVPL 5,366,903 1,322,894 6,689,796 12,633,520 3,423,303 16,056,823
AFS financial assets − gross 1,059,474 7,153,536 8,213,010 6,733,105 36,210,301 42,943,406
HTM financial assets 6,852,074 157,187,330 164,039,404 346,208 61,187,285 61,533,493
Loans and receivables − gross 144,064,744 303,001,501 447,066,245 136,176,920 255,754,257 391,931,177
Accrued interest receivable − gross 5,171,374 – 5,171,374 3,247,352 – 3,247,352
Other assets − gross 1,773,527 224,035 1,997,562 1,9 27,221 208,496 2,135,717
289,922,279 468,889,296 758,811,575 295,355,678 356,783,642 652,139,320
Nonfinancial assets
Bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment
− net of accumulated depreciation and
amortization – 5,265,386 5,265,386 – 5,464,582 5,464,582
Investment properties − net of accumulated
depreciation – 2,309,762 2,309,762 – 2,756,921 2,756,921
Deferred tax assets – 1,739,219 1,739,219 – 1,297,271 1,297,271
Investments in subsidiaries – 14,333,567 14,333,567 – 13,560,733 13,560,733
Investment in associates – 335,092 335,092 – 329,422 329,422
Intangible assets – 915,531 915,531 – 800,861 800,861
Goodwill – 222,841 222,841 – 222,841 222,841
Other assets − gross 1,056,495 756,160 1,812,655 895,082 991,386 1,886,468
1,056,495 25,877,558 26,934,054 895,082 25,424,017 26,319,099
Allowances for impairment and credit losses (Note 16) (7,284,317) (6,921,550)
Unearned discounts (Note 10) (208,377) (267,09 9 )
(7,492,694) (7,188,649 )
P778,252,935 P671,269,770
Financial liabilities
Deposit liabilities 606,235,158 32,008,204 638,243,362 534,657,559 24,578,420 559,235,979
Bills payable 39,826,532 – 39,826,532 20,118,031 – 20,118,031
Manager’s checks 2,069,812 – 2,069,812 1,709,248 – 1,709,248
Accrued interest and other expenses* 2,035,662 – 2,035,662 1,068,572 – 1,068,572
Derivative liabilities 455,150 – 455,150 267,533 – 267,533
Other liabilities 5,779,467 – 5,779,467 3,509,795 – 3,509,795
656,401,780 32,008,204 688,409,985 561,330,738 24,578,420 585,909,158
Nonfinancial liabilities
Accrued interest and other expenses 149,088 1,157,402 1,306,490 9 6,153 1,119,223 1,215,376
Income tax payable 414,233 – 414,233 339,155 – 339,155
Other liabilities 270,346 – 270,346 155,320 – 155,320
P657,235,448 P33,165,606 P690,401,055 P561,921,366 P25,697,643 P587,619,009
*Accrued interest and other expenses include accrued interest payable and accrued other expenses payable (Note 19).
The Parent Company’s capital stock consists of (amounts in thousands, except for number of shares):
2018 2017
Shares Amount Shares Amount
Common stock − P10.00 par value
Authorized – shares 3,300,000,000 3,300,000,000
Issued and outstanding
Balance at beginning of year 2,684,771,716 P26,847,717 2,002,027,836 P20,020,278
Stock rights – – 483,870,967 4,838,710
Additional issuance of shares 1,128,096 11,281 – –
Stock dividends* – – 198,872,913 1,988,729
2,685,899,812 P26,858,998 2,684,771,716 P26,847,717
*The stock dividends declared include fractional shares equivalent to 1,009 and 1,060 in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Parent Company shares are listed in the Philippine Stock Exchange.
Each eligible shareholder was entitled to one share, at P31.00 apiece, per 4.1375 existing common shares as of April 19, 2017. The stock
rights offering yielded a subscription of 483,870,967 common shares which were listed at the Philippine Stock Exchange on May 10, 2017.
The total proceeds of the stock rights offering amounted to P14.9 billion, net of stock issuance cost of P52.09 million which was deducted
from additional paid in capital.
The additional capital enabled the Parent Company to grow its loan portfolio, expand its branch network, and support its other strategic
business initiatives.
On January 24, 2018, the BOD of the Parent Company, during a special board meeting, confirmed the issuance of the shares to CBC
Employees Retirement Plan in accordance with the subscription agreement which was paid at a subscription price of P33.40 per share
(closing price of the Group’s shares at the Philippine Stock Exchange on October 20, 2018 which is the record date of the Parent
Company’s stock dividend).
97
The summarized information on the Parent Company’s registration of securities under the Securities Regulation Code follows:
As reported by the Parent Company’s transfer agent, Stock Transfer Service, Inc., the total number of stockholders is 1,928 and 1,934 as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Dividends
Details of the Parent Company’s cash dividend payments follow:
Cash Dividends
Stock Dividends
Surplus
The computation of surplus available for dividend declaration in accordance with SEC Memorandum Circular No. 11 issued in December
2008 differs to a certain extent from the computation following BSP guidelines.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, surplus includes the amount of P1.28 billion, net of deferred tax liability of P547.40 million, representing
transfer of revaluation increment on land which was carried at deemed cost when the Group transitioned to PFRS in 2005 (Note 12). This
amount will be available to be declared as dividends upon sale of the underlying land.
Reserves
In compliance with BSP regulations, 10.00% of the Parent Company’s profit from trust business is appropriated to surplus reserve. This
annual appropriation is required until the surplus reserves for trust business equals 20.00% of the Parent Company’s authorized capital stock.
Upon adoption of PFRS 9, BSP requires appropriation of a portion of the Group’s Retained Earnings at an amount necessary to bring to at
least 1% the allowance for credit losses on loans.
As of January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018, the accumulated amount of appropriation to surplus reserves amounted to P2.43 billion and
P2.75 billion, respectively. Appropriation for the year amounted to P312.82 million (Note 16).
Capital Management
The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management are to ensure that it complies with externally imposed capital requirements and
that it maintains strong credit ratings and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and to maximize shareholders’ value.
The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics
of its activities. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividend payment to shareholders,
return capital to shareholders or issue capital securities. No changes were made in the objectives, policies and processes as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017.
In addition, the risk-based capital ratio of a bank, expressed as a percentage of qualifying capital to risk-weighted assets (RWA), should not
be less than 10.00% for both solo basis (head office and branches) and consolidated basis (Parent Company and subsidiaries engaged in
financial allied undertakings but excluding insurance companies). Qualifying capital and RWA are computed based on BSP regulations. RWA
consists of total assets less cash on hand, due from BSP, loans covered by hold-out on or assignment of deposits, loans or acceptances
under letters of credit to the extent covered by margin deposits and other non-risk items determined by the Monetary Board of the BSP.
On August 4, 2006, the BSP, under BSP Circular No. 538, issued the prescribed guidelines implementing the revised risk-based capital
adequacy framework for the Philippine banking system to conform to Basel II capital adequacy framework. The BSP guidelines took effect
on July 1, 2007. Thereafter, banks were required to compute their CAR using these guidelines.
Standardized credit risk weights were used in the credit assessment of asset exposures. Third party credit assessments were based on
ratings by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch, while PhilRatings were used on peso-denominated exposures to Sovereigns, MDBs,
Banks, LGUs, Government Corporations, Corporates.
On January 15, 2013, the BSP issued Circular No. 781, Basel III Implementing Guidelines on Minimum Capital Requirements, which provides
the implementing guidelines on the revised risk-based capital adequacy framework particularly on the minimum capital and disclosure
requirements for universal banks and commercial banks, as well as their subsidiary banks and quasi-banks, in accordance with the Basel III
standards. The circular took effect on January 1, 2014.
The Circular sets out a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 6.00% and Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.50%. It also introduces a capital
conservation buffer of 2.50% comprised of CET1 capital. The BSP’s existing requirement for Total CAR remains unchanged at 10.00% and
this ratio shall be maintained at all times.
Further, existing capital instruments as of December 31, 2010 which do not meet the eligibility criteria for capital instruments under the
revised capital framework shall no longer be recognized as capital upon the effectivity of Basel III. Capital instruments issued under BSP
Circular Nos. 709 and 716 (the circulars amending the definition of qualifying capital particularly on Hybrid Tier 1 and Lower Tier 2 capitals),
starting January 1, 2011 and before the effectivity of BSP Circular No. 781, shall be recognized as qualifying capital until December 31, 2016.
In addition to changes in minimum capital requirements, this Circular also requires various regulatory adjustments in the calculation of
qualifying capital.
99
The CAR of the Group and the Parent Company as of December 31, 2018 as reported to the BSP are shown in the table below.
The Parent Company has complied with all externally imposed capital requirements throughout the period.
The issuance of BSP Circular No. 639 covering the ICAAP in 2009 supplements the BSP’s risk−based capital adequacy framework under
Circular No. 538. In compliance with this circular, the Parent Company has adopted and developed its ICAAP framework to ensure that
appropriate level and quality of capital are maintained by the Group. Under this framework, the assessment of risks extends beyond the
Pillar 1 set of credit, market and operational risks and onto other risks deemed material by the Parent Company. The level and structure of
capital are assessed and determined in light of the Parent Company’s business environment, plans, performance, risks and budget, as well
as regulatory edicts. BSP requires submission of an ICAAP document every March 31. The Group has complied with this requirement.
The Group has separate funded noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans covering substantially all its officers and regular employees.
The retirement plans are administered by the Parent Company’s Trust Group which acts as the trustee of the plans. Under these retirement
plans, all covered officers and employees are entitled to cash benefits after satisfying certain age and service requirements. The latest
actuarial valuation studies of the retirement plans were made as of December 31, 2018.
The amounts of net defined benefit asset in the balance sheets follow:
The movements in the defined benefit asset, present value of defined benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets follow:
Consolidated
2018
Remeasurements in OCI
Net benefit cost
Return on
plan assets Actuarial Actuarial Actuarial
(excluding changes arising changes arising changes arising
amount from from changes from changes Changes in
January 1, Current Net pension Benefits included experience in financial in demographic remeasurement Contribution December 31,
2018 service cost Net interest expense* paid in net interest) adjustments assumptions assumptions gains (losses) by employer 2018
(l) = a + b + e + f
(a) (c) (d) (e) = c + d (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) = g + h + i (k) +j+k
Fair value of plan
assets P4,868,423 P− P272,914 P272,914 (P275,805) (P619,071) P− P− (P619,071) P612,788 P4,859,249
Present value of
defined benefit
obligation 3,992,824 431,972 223,936 655,907 (275,805) − 38,390 (321,209) (282,819) 4,090,108
Net defined benefit
asset P875,599 (P431,972) P48,978 (P382,994) − (P619,071) (P38,390) P321,209 (P336,251) P612,788 P769,141
*Presented under Compensation and fringe benefits in the statements of income.
Consolidated
2017
Remeasurements in OCI
Return on
plan assets Actuarial Actuarial Actuarial
(excluding changes arising changes arising changes arising
Net benefit cost
amount from from changes from changes Changes in
January 1, Current Net pension Benefits included experience in financial in demographic remeasurement Contribution December 31,
2017 service cost Net interest expense* paid in net interest) adjustments assumptions assumptions gains (losses) by employer 2017
(l) = a + b + e + f
(a) (c) (d) (e) = c + d (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) = g + h + i (k) +j+k
Fair value of plan
assets P4,521,109 P− P217,203 P217,203 (P288,014) (P153,076) P− − P− (P153,076) P571,200 P4,868,423
Present value of
defined benefit
obligation 3,911,041 375,598 188,654 564,252 (288,014) − 48,675 (243,130) − (194,455) − 3,992,824
Net defined benefit
asset P610,068 (P375,598) P28,549 (P347,049 ) P− (P153,076) (P48,675) P243,130 P− P41,379 P571,200 P875,599
*Presented under Compensation and fringe benefits in the statements of income.
Parent Company
2018
Remeasurements in OCI
Return on
plan assets Actuarial Actuarial
(excluding changes arising changes arising
Net benefit cost
amount from from changes Changes in
January 1, Current Net pension Benefits included experience in financial remeasurement Contribution December 31,
2018 service cost Net interest expense* paid in net interest) adjustments assumptions gains (losses) by employer 2018
(l) = a + b + e + f
(a) (c) (d) (e) = c + d (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) = g + h + i (k) +j+k
Fair value of plan
assets P4,558,199 P− P255,259 P255,259 (235,193) (P590,629) P− P− (P590,629) P480,000 P4,467,637
Present value of
defined benefit
obligation 3,566,814 324,756 199,742 324,956 (235,193) − 97,785 (245,646) (147,861) − 3,711,477
Net defined benefit
asset P991,386 (P324,756) P55,518 (P69,697) − (P590,629) P97,785 245,646 (P442,768) P480,000 P756,160
*Presented under Compensation and fringe benefits in the statements of income.
101
Parent Company
2017
Remeasurements in OCI
Return on
plan assets Actuarial Actuarial
(excluding changes arising changes arising
Net benefit cost
amount from from changes Changes in
January 1, Current Net pension Benefits included experience in financial remeasurement Contribution December 31,
2017 service cost Net interest expense* paid in net interest) adjustments assumptions gains (losses) by employer 2017
(l) = a + b + e + f
(a) (c) (d) (e) = c + d (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) = g + h + i (k) +j+k
Fair value of plan
assets P4,315,996 P− P206,736 P206,736 (P273,001) (P141,532) P− P− (P141,532) P450,000 P4,558,199
Present value of
defined benefit
obligation 3,561,242 264,989 170,583 435,573 (273,001) − 50,525 (207,525) (157,000) − 3,566,813
Net defined benefit
asset P754,754 (P264,989) P36,153 (P288,837) P− (P141,532) (P50,525) P207,525 P15,468 P450,000 P991,386
*Presented under Compensation and fringe benefits in the statements of income.
The Group and the Parent Company is recommended to contribute to its defined benefit pension plan in 2019 amounting to P614.33 million
and P453.28 million.
In 2018 and 2017, the major categories of plan assets as a percentage of the fair value of total plan assets are as follows:
The following table shows the breakdown of fair value of the plan assets:
The principal actuarial assumptions used in 2018 and 2017 in determining the retirement asset (liability) for the Group’s and Parent Company’s
retirement plans are shown below:
2018
Parent CBSI CIBI CBC−PCCI CBCC CBSC
Discount rate:
January 1 5.60% 5.63% 5.82% 5.82% 5.85% 5.85%
December 31 7.15% 7.27% 7.33% 7.33% 7.38% 7.4%
Salary increase rate 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00%
2017
Parent CBSI CIBI CBC−PCCI CBCC CBSC
Discount rate:
January 1 4.79% 5.08% 5.14% 5.14% 5.19% –
December 31 5.60% 5.63% 5.82% 5.82% 5.85% 5.85%
Salary increase rate 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00%
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the impact of reasonably possible changes of each significant assumption on
the defined benefit liability as of the end of the reporting period, assuming all other assumptions were held constant:
The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation are presented below:
103
The maturity analyses of the undiscounted benefit payments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
Occasionally, the Parent Company enters into forward exchange contracts as an accommodation to its clients. These derivatives are not
designated as accounting hedges. The aggregate notional amounts of the outstanding buy US dollar currency forwards as of December
31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to US$515.77 million and US$228.48 million, respectively, while the sell US dollar forward contracts
amounted to US$313.38 million and US$164.89 million, respectively. Weighted average buy US dollar forward rate as of December 31,
2018 is P53.52 and P51.13 in 2017, while the weighted average sell US dollar forward rates are P51.41 and P53.60, respectively.
The aggregate notional amounts of the outstanding buy Euro currency forwards as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to
€127.10 million and €113 million, respectively. The weighted average buy Euro forward rates as of December 31, 2018 are P59.95 and
P59.32 in December 31, 2017.
The aggregate notional amounts of the outstanding Futures as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 amounted to US$5 million
and nil, respectively.
The aggregate notional amounts of the outstanding IRS as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to P11.367 billion and P9.99 billion,
respectively.
The aggregate notional amounts of the outstanding buy US Dollar NDF as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to US$40.00 million
and US$5.00 million, respectively. The weighted average buy NDF rate as of December 31, 2018 is P52.93 and P49.85 in December.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair values of derivatives follow:
2018 2017
Derivative Derivative Derivative Derivative
Asset Liability Asset Liability
Currency forwards P339,190 P362,689 P294,873 P235,787
IRS 58,390 90,530 28,963 31,746
Futures – 1,931 – –
Warrants 10,268 – 9,751 –
P407,848 P455,150 P333,587 P267,533
2018 2017
Balance at beginning of year P66,053 (P26,910)
Fair value changes during the year (288,211) 132,805
Settled transactions 174,855 (39,841)
Balance at end of year (P47,302) P66,054
The net movements in the value of the derivatives are presented in the statements of income under the following accounts:
The lease contracts are for periods ranging from one to 25 years from the dates of contracts and are renewable under certain terms and
conditions. Various lease contracts include escalation clauses, most of which bear an annual rent increase of 5.00% to 10.00%.
Annual rentals on these lease contracts included in ‘Occupancy cost’ in the statements of income in 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted to
P844.24 million, P782.30 million and P681.05 million, respectively, for the Group, and P541.24 million, P518.47 million and P450.53 million,
respectively, for the Parent Company.
Future minimum rentals payable of the Group and the Parent Company under non-cancelable operating leases follow:
The Group and the Parent Company have also entered into commercial property leases on its investment properties (Note 13).
105
27. INCOME AND OTHER TAXES
Income taxes include corporate income tax and FCDU final taxes, as discussed below, and final tax paid at the rate of 20.00% on gross
interest income from government securities and other deposit substitutes. These income taxes, as well as the deferred tax benefits and
provisions, are presented as ‘Provision for income tax’ in the statements of income.
Republic Act (RA) No. 9337, An Act Amending National Internal Revenue Code, provides that RCIT rate shall be 30.00% while interest
expense allowed as a deductible expense is reduced to 33.00% of interest income subject to final tax.
An MCIT of 2.00% on modified gross income is computed and compared with the RCIT. Any excess MCIT over RCIT is deferred and can
be used as a tax credit against future income tax liability for the next three years. In addition, the NOLCO is allowed as a deduction from
taxable income in the next three years from the year of inception.
Effective in May 2004, RA No. 9294 restored the tax exemption of FCDUs and offshore banking units (OBUs). Under such law, the income
derived by the FCDU from foreign currency transactions with nonresidents, OBUs, local commercial banks including branches of foreign
banks is tax-exempt while interest income on foreign currency loans from residents other than OBUs or other depository banks under the
expanded system is subject to 10.00% gross income tax.
Interest income on deposit placements with other FCDUs and OBUs is taxed at 7.50% (now 15% effective January 1, 2018), while all other
income of the FCDU is subject to the 30.00% corporate tax.
Except for resident foreign corporations, which is still subject to the existing rate of 7.5%, tax on interest income of foreign currency deposit
was increased to 15% under TRAIN. Documentary stamp tax on bank checks, drafts, certificate of deposit not bearing interest, all debt
instruments, bills of exchange, letters of credit, mortgages, deeds and others are now subjected to a higher rate.
RR 4-2011
On March 15, 2011, the Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR) issued Revenue Regulations (RR) No. 4-2011 which prescribed the attribution
and allocation of expenses between FCDUs/EFCDUs or OBU and RBU and within RBU.
On April 6, 2015, the Bank and other member banks of the Bankers Association of the Philippines (BAP), filed a Petition for Declaratory
Relief with Application for Temporary Restraining Order (TRO) and/or Writ of Preliminary Injunction with the Regional Trial Court of Makati
(Makati Trial Court). Further, in Civil Case No. 15-287, the Bank and other BAP member banks assailed the validity of RR 4-2011 on the
ground, among others, that (a) the RR violates the petitioner-banks substantive due process rights; (b) it is not only illegal but also unfair;
(c) that it serves as a deterrent to banks to invest in capital market transactions to the prejudice of the economy; (d) it sets a dangerous
precedent for the disallowance of full deductions due to the prescribes method of allocation; and (e) it violates the equal protection clause
of the Constitution.
On April 8, 2015, the Makati Trial Court issued a TRO enjoining the BIR from enforcing RR 4-2011. Also, on April 25, 2015, Makati Trial
Court issued a Writ of Preliminary Injunction enjoining the BIR from enforcing, carrying out, or implementing in any way or manner RR 4-2011
against the Bank and other BAP member banks, including issuing Preliminary Assessment Notice or Final Assessment Notice against them
during the pendency of the litigation, unless sooner dissolved.
On June 10, 2015, the Makati Trial Court issued a Confirmatory Order stating that the TRO and Writ of Preliminary Injunction also prohibits
the BIR from ruling or deciding on any administrative matter pending before it in relation to the subject revenue regulations and insofar as the
Bank and other BAP member banks are concerned.
On May 25, 2018, the Makati Trial Court issued a decision annulling RR 4-2011 and making the Writ of Preliminary Injunction permanent.
Consolidated
2018 2017
Net deferred tax liabilities on:
Fair value adjustments on asset foreclosure and dacion transactions - net of depreciated
portion P245,547 P210,577
Fair value adjustments on net assets (liabilities) of PDB and Unity Bank 812,84) 805,515
Others 169,095 145,501
P1,229,316 P1,161,653
The Group did not set up deferred tax assets on the following temporary differences as it believes that it is highly probable that these
temporary differences will not be realized in the near foreseeable future:
107
As of December 31, 2018, details of the Subsidiary’s NOLCO are as follows:
As of December 31, 2018, details of the excess of MCIT over RCIT of the Subsidiary follow:
The reconciliation of the statutory income tax to the provision for income tax follows:
Securities and other properties (other than deposits) held by the Parent Company in fiduciary or agency capacities for clients and
beneficiaries are not included in the accompanying balance sheets since these are not assets of the Parent Company (Note 30).
In compliance with the requirements of current banking regulations relative to the Parent Company’s trust functions : (a) government
bonds included under HFT financial assets and AFS financial assets with total face value of P1.781 billion and P1.176 billion as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are deposited with the BSP as security for the Parent Company’s faithful compliance with its
fiduciary obligations (Note 9); and (b) a certain percentage of the Parent Company’s trust fee income is transferred to surplus reserve.
This yearly transfer is required until the surplus reserve for trust function equals 20.00% of the Parent Company’s authorized capital stock.
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence
over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. The Group’s related parties include:
• key management personnel, close family members of key management personnel and entities which are controlled, significantly
influenced by or for which significant voting power is held by key management personnel or their close family members,
• significant investors
• subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and their respective subsidiaries, and
• post−employment benefit plans for the benefit of the Group’s employees.
The Group has several business relationships with related parties. Transactions with such parties are normally made in the ordinary course
of business and based on the terms and conditions discussed below.
The Group’s retirement funds may hold or trade the Parent Company’s shares or securities. Significant transactions of the retirement fund,
particularly with related parties, are approved by the Trust Investment Committee (TIC) of the Parent Company. The members of the TIC are
directors and key management personnel of the Parent Company.
In 2016, dividend income and interest income of the retirement plan from investments and placements in the Parent Company amounted
to P44.21 million and P2.07 million, respectively, for the Group, and P44.21 million and P1.17 million, respectively, for the Parent Company.
AFS financial assets represent shares of stock of the Parent Company. Voting rights over the Parent Company’s shares are exercised by an
authorized trust officer.
Members of the BOD are entitled to a per diem of P500.00 for attendance at each meeting of the Board or of any committees and to
four percent (4.00%) of the Parent Company’s net earnings, with certain deductions in accordance with BSP regulation. Non-executive
directors do not receive any performance-related compensation. Directors’ remuneration covers all Parent Company’s Board activities and
membership of committees and subsidiary companies.
109
The Group also provides banking services to directors and other key management personnel and persons connected to them. These
transactions are presented in the tables below.
Group
Related party transactions of the Group by category of related party are presented below.
(Forward)
Interest income earned and interest expense incurred from the above loans and deposit liabilities in 2018, 2017, and 2016 follow:
Related party transactions of the Group with significant investor, associate and other related parties pertain to transactions of the Parent
Company with these related parties.
Parent Company
Related party transactions of the Parent Company by category of related party, except those already presented in the Group disclosures,
are presented below.
(Forward)
111
December 31, 2018
Outstanding
Category Amount / Volume Balance Nature, Terms and Conditions
Subsidiaries
Deposit liabilities P114,339 These are checking and savings accounts with annual
Deposits P3,668,567 average interest rates ranging from 0.13% to 1.00%.
Withdrawals (3,587,029)
Associate
Deposit liabilities 166,291 These are savings accounts with annual
Deposits 487,691 average interest rates ranging from0.25% to 1.00%.
Withdrawals (399,123)
Key Management Personnel
Loans and receivables 488 Unsecured Officer’s accounts from Credit card with
Issuances 388 interest of 3% and currently maturing and Fully
secured OEL accounts with interest of 6%
Repayments (39,213)
Deposit liabilities 14,569 These are savings account with annual average interest
Deposits 365,236 rates ranging from 0.25% to 1.00%.
Withdrawals (369,439)
Other Related Parties
Deposit liabilities These are checking and savings accounts with annual
Deposits 35,229,849 113,937 average interest rates ranging from 0.13% to 1.00%.
Withdrawals (35,167,475)
In 2017, the Parent Company sold its investment property to a related party for a total cash selling price of P161.58 million and recognized
gain of P142.61 million.
The related party transactions shall be settled in cash. There are no provisions for credit losses in 2018, 2017 and 2016 in relation to amounts
due from related parties.
Interest income earned and interest expense incurred from the above loans and deposit liabilities in 2018, 2017 and 2016 follow:
Subsidiaries Associate
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
Interest expense P375 P46 P33 P168 P1,849 P1,513
Key Management Personnel Other Related Parties
2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
Interest income P11,277 P46 P56 P– P– P–
Interest expense 19 47 40 131 69 11
Significant Investor
2018 2017 2016
Interest income P42,601 P169,706 P138,944
Interest expense 3 61 12
Outright purchases and outright sale of debt securities of the Parent Company with its subsidiaries in 2018 and 2017 follow:
Subsidiaries
2018 2017
Peso−denominated
Outright purchase P817,030 P675,016
Outright sale 4,246,628 18,902,488
Dollar – denominated (equity)
Outright purchase 5,117 –
Outright sale 41,400 –
113
The following table shows the amount and outstanding balance of other related party transactions included in the financial statements:
Subsidiaries
2018 2017 Nature, Terms and Conditions
Balance Sheet
Accounts receivable P1,242 P2,741 This pertains to various expenses advanced by CBC in behalf of CBSI
Security deposits 2,270 2,736 This pertains to the rental deposits with CBSI for office space leased out
to the Parent Company
Accounts payable 4,858 10,607 This pertains to various unpaid rental to CBSI
Subsidiaries
2018 2017 2016 Nature, Terms and Conditions
Income Statement
Miscellaneous income P1,800 P1,800 P1,800 Human resources functions provided by the Parent
Company to its subsidiaries (except CBC Forex and
Unity Bank) such as recruitment and placement,
training and development, salary and benefits
development, systems and research, and employee
benefits. Under the agreement between the Parent
Company and its subsidiaries, the subsidiaries shall
pay the Parent Company an annual fee
Occupancy cost 19,937 24,532 22,255 Certain units of the condominium owned by CBSI are
being leased to the Parent Company for a term of five
years, with no escalation clause
Miscellaneous expense 204,749 193,651 169,658 This pertains to the computer and general banking
services provided by CBC-PCCI to the Parent
Company to support its reporting requirements
Regulatory Reporting
As required by the BSP, the Group discloses loan transactions with its and affiliates and investees and with certain directors, officers,
stockholders and related interests (DOSRI). Under existing banking regulations, the limit on the amount of individual loans to DOSRI, of which
70.00% must be secured, should not exceed the regulatory capital or 15.00% of the total loan portfolio, whichever is lower. These limits do
not apply to loans secured by assets considered as non−risk as defined in the regulations.
BSP Circular No. 423, dated March 15, 2004, amended the definition of DOSRI accounts. The following table shows information relating to
the loans, other credit accommodations and guarantees classified as DOSRI accounts under regulations existing prior to said Circular, and
new DOSRI loans, other credit accommodations granted under said Circular:
BSP Circular No. 560 provides that the total outstanding loans, other credit accommodation and guarantees to each of the bank’s/quasi-
bank’s subsidiaries and affiliates shall not exceed 10.00% of the net worth of the lending bank/quasi-bank, provided that the unsecured
portion of which shall not exceed 5.00% of such net worth. Further, the total outstanding loans, credit accommodations and guarantees to
all subsidiaries and affiliates shall not exceed 20.00% of the net worth of the lending bank/quasi-bank; and the subsidiaries and affiliates of
the lending bank/quasi-bank are not related interest of any director, officer and/or stockholder of the lending institution, except where such
director, officer or stockholder sits in the BOD or is appointed officer of such corporation as representative of the bank/quasi-bank.
On May 12, 2009, BSP issued Circular No. 654 allowing a separate individual limit of twenty-five (25.00%) of the net worth of the lending
bank/quasi-bank to loans of banks/quasi-banks to their subsidiaries and affiliates engaged in energy and power generation.
In the normal course of the Group’s operations, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities which are not reflected
in the accompanying financial statements. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.
The following is a summary of contingencies and commitments of the Group and the Parent Company with the equivalent peso contractual
amounts:
There are several suits, assessments or notices and claims that remain contested. Management believes, based on the opinion of its legal
counsels, that the ultimate outcome of such suits, assessments and claims will not have a material effect on the Group’s and the Parent
Bank’s financial position and results of operations.
The Group’s operating businesses are recognized and managed separately according to the nature of services provided and the markets
served, with each segment representing a strategic business unit.
a. Lending Business – principally handles all the lending, trade finance and corollary banking products and services offered to corporate
and institutional customers as well as selected middle market clients. It also handles home loans, contract-to-sell receivables, auto
loans and credit cards for individual and/or corporate customers. Aside from the lending business, it also provides cash management
services and remittance transactions;
115
b. Retail Banking Business – principally handles retail and commercial loans, individual and corporate deposits, overdrafts and funds
transfer facilities, trade facilities and all other services for retail customers;
c. Financial Markets – principally provides money market, trading and treasury services, manages the Group’s funding operations by the
use of government securities, placements and acceptances with other banks as well as offers advisory and capital-raising services to
corporate clients and wealth management services to high-net-worth customers; and
d. Others – handles other services including but not limited to trust and investment management services, asset management, insurance
brokerage, credit management, thrift banking business, operations and financial control, and other support services.
The Group’s businesses are organized to cater to the banking needs of market segments, facilitate customer engagement, ensure timely
delivery of products and services as well as achieve cost efficiency and economies of scale. Accordingly, the corresponding segment
information for all periods presented herein are restated to reflect such change.
The Group reports its primary segment information to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) on the basis of the above-mentioned
segments. The CODM of the Group is the President.
Segment assets are those operating assets that are employed by a segment in its operating activities that are either directly attributable to
the segment or can be allocated to the segment on a reasonable basis.
Segment liabilities are those operating liabilities that result from the operating activities of a segment and that either are directly attributable
to the segment or can be allocated to the segment on a reasonable basis.
Interest income is reported net as management primarily relies on the net interest income as performance measure, not the gross income
and expense.
The segment results include internal transfer pricing adjustments across business units as deemed appropriate by management. Transactions
between segments are conducted at estimated market rates on an arm’s length basis. Interest is charged/credited to the business units
based on a pool rate which approximates the marginal cost of funds.
Other operating income mainly consists of trading and securities gain (loss) - net, service charges, fees and commissions, trust fee income
and foreign exchange gain - net. Other operating expense mainly consists of compensation and fringe benefits, provision for impairment
and credit losses, taxes and licenses, occupancy, depreciation and amortization, stationery, supplies and postage and insurance. Other
operating income and expense are allocated between segments based on equitable sharing arrangements.
The Group has no significant customers which contributes 10.00% or more of the consolidated revenues.
The Group’s asset producing revenues are located in the Philippines (i.e., one geographical location); therefore, geographical segment
information is no longer presented.
The following tables present relevant financial information regarding business segments measured in accordance with PFRS as of and for the
years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
Total
2018 2017 2016
Results of Operations
Net interest income
Third party P22,926,186 P19,626,404 P16,694,192
Intersegment − − −
22,926,186 19,626,404 16,694,192
Other operating income 5,658,296 6,101,69 4 5,094,746
Total revenue 28,584,482 25,728,098 21,788,941
Other operating expense (18,196,956) (16,715,991) (14,201,419)
Income before income tax 10,387,526 9,012,107 7,587,522
Provision for income tax (2,271,422) (1,489,177) (1,126,552)
Net income P8,116,104 P7,522,9 30 P6,460,970
Total assets 866,071,642 P751,447,510 P633,19 8,011
Total liabilities P778,215,053 P667,79 2,013 P569,811,807
Depreciation and amortization P1,297,685 P1,217,489 P1,124,786
Provision for impairment and credit
losses P141,076 P754,171 P850,546
Capital expenditures P574,510 P634,711 P1,135,652
117
The Group’s share in net income (loss) of an associate included in other operating income amounting to P101.01 million, P73.13 million and
(P89.38 million) in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively are reported under ‘Other Business and Support Units’.
Basic EPS amounts are calculated by dividing the net income for the year by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the year (adjusted for stock dividends).
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic earnings per share computations:
As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, there were no outstanding dilutive potential common shares.
The following basic ratios measure the financial performance of the Group and the Parent Company:
The following is a summary of certain non−cash investing activities that relate to the analysis of the statements of cash flows:
Consolidated
2018 2017 2016
Addition to investment properties from settlement of loans P523,343 P579,089 P784,415
Fair value gain in AFS financial assets (451,786) 158,946 405,722
Cumulative translation adjustment (52,900) (15,970) (3,637)
Addition to chattel mortgage from settlement of loans 626,182 559,283 334,553
Parent Company
2018 2017 2016
Addition to investment properties from settlement of loans P240,680 P126,652 P296,844
Fair value gain in AFS financial assets (381,791) 113,020 405,722
Cumulative translation adjustment (58,792) (16,197) (3,637)
Addition to chattel mortgage from settlement of loans 20,135 10,824 19,088
2018 2017
Balance at beginning of year P20,118,031 P16,954,998
Cash flows during the year
Proceeds 184,568,424 252,268,556
Settlement (171,215,735) 13,352,688 (249,219,839) 3,048,717
Non−cash changes
Foreign exchange movement 4,132,800 71,613
Amortization of transaction cost 2,223,012 6,355,812 42,703 114,316
Balance at end of year P39,826,532 P20,118,031
The amendments to PFRS 7 require the Group to disclose information about rights of offset and related arrangements (such as collateral
posting requirements) for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements. The effects of these
arrangements are disclosed in the succeeding table.
119
December 31, 2017
Effects of remaining rights of
set−off (including rights to set
Net amount off financial collateral) that
Gross amounts presented in do not meet PAS 32 offsetting
Financial instruments offset in statements of criteria
recognized at Gross carrying accordance with financial Fair value of
end of reporting amounts (before the offsetting position Financial financial Net exposure
period by type offsetting) criteria [a-b] instruments collateral [c-d]
[a] [b] [c] [d] [e]
Financial assets
SPURA P18,751,845 P18,751,845 P18,751,845 P18,749,98 P1,865
Currency forwards 117,562 117,562 32,748 − 84,814
IRS 28,963 − 28,963 8,361 − 20,602
P146,525 P− P146,525 P41,109 P− P105,416
Financial liabilities
Bills payable P14,306,179
Currency forwards 62,555 P− P14,306,179 P17,984,923 P17,453,765 P−
IRS 31,745 − 62,555 32,748 − 29,807
P31,745 P− P31,745 P8,361 P− P23,384
The amounts disclosed in column (d) include those rights to set-off amounts that are only enforceable and exercisable in the event of default,
insolvency or bankruptcy. These include amounts related to financial collateral both received and pledged, whether cash or non-cash
collateral, excluding the extent of over-collateralization.
The accompanying consolidated and parent company financial statements were authorized for issue by the Parent Company’s BOD on
March 1, 2019.
In compliance with the requirements set forth by RR 15-2010, hereunder are the details of percentage and other taxes paid or accrued by
the Parent Company in 2018.
Withholding Taxes
Details of total remittances of withholding taxes in 2018 and amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:
Total Amounts
remittances outstanding
Final withholding taxes P1,701,246 P235,888
Withholding taxes on compensation and benefits 494,956 29,057
Expanded withholding taxes 134,058 9,050
P2,330,259 P273,994
PUERTO PRINCESA CITY CDO-GAISANO CITY MALL DAVAO-SM LANANG OZAMIZ CITY
Malvar St. near cor. Valencia St., G/F Gaisano City Mall, C. M. Recto cor. G/F SM Lanang Premier, Gomez cor. Kaamino Sts.,
Puerto Princesa City, Palawan Corrales Extension, Cagayan de Oro City J. P. Laurel Ave., Davao City Ozamiz City
Tel. Nos.: (048) 434-9891-93 Tel. Nos.: (08822) 745-877; 745-880 Tel. Nos.: (082) 285-1064; 285-1053 Tel. Nos.: (088) 521-2658 to 60
Fax No.: (048) 434-9892 (088) 880-1051; 880-1052 Fax No.: (082) 285-1520 Fax No.: (088) 521-2659
Fax No.: (08822) 745-880
ROXAS CITY DAVAO-TAGUM PAGADIAN CITY
1063 Roxas Ave. cor. Bayot Drive, COTABATO CITY 153 Pioneer Ave., Marasigan Bldg.,
Roxas City, Capiz No. 76 S.K. Pendatun Ave., Tagum, Davao del Norte F.S. Pajares Ave., Pagadian City
Tel. Nos.: (036) 621-3203; 621-1780 Cotabato City, Maguindanao Tel. Nos.: (084) 655-6307/08 Tel. Nos.: (062) 215-2781/82
522-5775 Tel. Nos.: (064) 421-4685/4653 400-2289/90 925-1116
Fax No.: (036) 621-3203 Fax No.: (064) 421-4686 Fax No.: (084) 400-2289 Fax No.: (062) 214-3877
SALES OFFICES & BUSINESS MARIKINA SALES OFFICE APD SALARY LOAN CENTERS APD Lending Center Tanauan,
CENTERS CTP Bldg., 3rd Floor Batangas
Gil Fernando Ave., Marikina City NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION: 2nd Floor, China Bank Savings Bldg.
BAGUIO SALES OFFICE Tel. Nos.: (02) 645-9819 APD Lending Center Quezon J.P. Laurel National Highway
B108 Lopez Bldg., 2nd Floor (02) 884-7600 local 4238 Avenue Darasa, Tanauan City, Batangas
Session Road cor. Assumption Road 2nd Floor, G.J. Bldg. Mobile No.: 0917 856-4718
Baguio City PLARIDEL SALES OFFICE 385 Quezon Avenue, Quezon City
Tel Nos.: (02) 884-7600 local 4232 0226 Cagayan Valley Road, 2nd Floor Tel Nos.: (02) 372-7926; 978-7754 REGION 5 – BICOL REGION
Banga 1st, Plaridel, Bulacan Mobile No.: 0905 558-2542 APD Lending Center Legaspi
Tel. Nos.: (02) 884-7600 locals 4202 2nd Floor Lot 4-6 Blk 20 PCS-1617
CAGAYAN DE ORO SALES OFFICE 4251 and 4251 CORDILLERA AUTONOMOUS Sol’s Subdivision, Purok 5
Sergio Osmeña St. REGION: 37 Bitano, Legazpi City
Cogon District, Cagayan De Oro City SAN FERNANDO PAMPANGA APD Lending Center Baguio Tel. No.: (052) 483-7783
Tel. No.: (02) 884-7600 local 4234 BUSINESS CENTER 8990 B 108 Lopez Bldg. Mobile No.: 0977 459-0839
JSL Bldg., 3rd Floor Session Road cor. Assumption Road
CEBU BUSINESS CENTER Consunji St., City of San Fernando, Baguio City APD Lending Center Naga
JSP Plaza Bldg., 2nd Floor Pampanga Tel No.: (074) 619-2097 RL Bldg., 2nd Floor
General Maxilom cor. Echaves St. Tel. Nos.: (045) 961-0005; 961-0008 Mobile No.: 0927 345-8502 Panganiban Drive, Lerma, Naga City
Cebu City (02) 884-7600 locals 4221 Tel. No.: (054) 881-2557
Tel. Nos.: (032) 232-5061; 232- 6263 4236; and 4237 REGION 1 – NORTHERN LUZON
(02) 884-7600 locals 4207 APD Lending Center La Union REGION 6 – NEGROS ISLAND
4209; 4205; 4206 SAN PABLO SALES OFFICE A.G Zambrano Bldg. APD Lending Center Bacolod City
China Bank Savings Bldg. Quezon Avenue, San Fernando City SKT Saturn Bldg.
DAVAO BUSINESS CENTER 2nd Floor, Rizal Ave. cor. A. Fule St. La Union Lacson corner Rizal Street
8990 Corporate Center, San Pablo City Tel No.: (072) 687-2218 Bacolod City
3rd Floor Quirino Ave., Davao City Tel. Nos.: (049) 800-3917 Mobile Nos.: 0905 465-6289 Tel No.: (034) 474-2262
Tel. Nos.: (082) 298-4569 0927-345-8502 Mobile No.: 0922 811-2680
(02) 884-7600 local 4218 SANTIAGO SALES OFFICE
Jeco Bldg. APD Lending Center Lingayen REGION 6 – PANAY ISLAND
GENERAL SANTOS SALES OFFICE Maharlika Highway The Hub-Lingayen Bldg. APD Lending Center Iloilo
Go Chay Ching Bldg. Victory Norte, Santiago City Poblacion, Lingayen, Pangasinan Golden Finance Building
# 10 I. Santiago Boulevard Tel. No.: (02) 884-7600 local 4374 Mobile Nos.: 0926 277-7864 Iznart Street, Iloilo City
General Santos City 0946 069-4222 Tel No.: (033) 320-5309
Tel. Nos.: (083) 301-5042 URDANETA SALES OFFICE Mobile No.: 0927 567-7973
(02) 884-7600 local 4271 China Bank Savings, APD Lending Center Vigan
MacArthur Highway Quezon Avenue corner Mabini Street APD Lending Center Roxas City
ILOILO SALES OFFICE Nancayasan, Urdaneta City Vigan City Ground Floor, T-114 CityMall Roxas
Lopez Jaena cor. El 98 St. Pangasinan Mobile No.: 0917 836-4204 Roxas Avenue, Brgy. VI, Roxas City
Jaro, Iloilo City Tel Nos.: (075) 522-0498 Tel. No.: 988-9555 loc 4144
Tel. Nos.: (02) 884-7600 (075) 656-2331 REGION 2 – CAGAYAN VALLEY
locals 4219 and 4225 (02) 884-7600 local 4372 APD Lending Center Tuguegarao REGION 7 – CENTRAL VISAYAS
Ground Floor, Metropolitan Cathedral APD Lending Center Cebu
IMUS SALES OFFICE Parish Rectory Complex Skyrise IT Bldg., Brgy. Apas
OLMA Bldg. Rizal Street, Tuguegarao City Lahug, Cebu City
Aguinaldo Highway Tel No.: (078) 375-4471 Tel No.: (032) 238-7820
Tanzang Luma, Imus City, Cavite Mobile No.: 0917 353-6503 Mobile No.: 0917 303-3932
Tel. Nos.: (046) 416-4992
(02) 884-7600 local 4268 REGION 3 – CENTRAL LUZON REGION 10 – NORTHERN
APD Lending Center San Fernando MINDANAO
LA UNION BUSINESS CENTER Pampanga APD Lending Center
A.G. Zambrano Bldg. JSL Bldg., Consunji Street Cagayan de Oro
Quezon Ave. City of San Fernando, Pampanga Sergio Osmeña Street
San Fernando City, La Union Tel No.: (045) 280-8215 Cogon District, Cagayan de Oro City
Tel. Nos.: (072) 888-7477 Mobile No.: 0917 552-3389 Tel. No.: (088) 859 3075 / 8652
(02) 884-7600 local 4227 Mobile No.: 0935 565-2010
REGION 4A – CALABARZON
LIPA SALES OFFICES APD Lending Center Taytay REGION 11 – DAVAO REGION
China Bank Savings Bldg. 2nd Floor, C Gonzaga Bldg. 2 APD Lending Center Davao City
2nd Floor C.M Recto Ave. Manila East Road, Taytay, Rizal 8990 Corporate Center, 3rd Floor
Lipa City Tel No.: (02) 633-3988 Quirino Avenue, Davao City
Tel. Nos.: (043) 756-5003 Mobile No.: 0919 7540-1907 Tel No.: (082) 287-6824
(02) 884-7600 local 4253 Mobile No.: 0977 463-4707
APD Lending Center Lucena
LEGAZPI SALES OFFICE Merchan corner Evangelista Street APD Lending Center Tagum
F. Imperial Street, Brgy. Bitano Lucena City CityMall Maharlika Highway corner
Legazpi City, Albay Tel No.: (042) 717-9387 # 10 I. Santiago Boulevard
Tel. Nos.: (02) 884-7600 locals 4202 Lapu-Lapu Extension
4251, 4263, and 4261 APD Lending Center San Pablo, Brgy. Magupo, Tagum City
Laguna Tel No.: 084 216-8245
China Bank Savings Bldg. Mobile No.: 0925 542-1223
Rizal Avenue corner A. Fule Street
(former Lopez Jaena) San Pablo City REGION 12 – SOCCSKSARGEN
Tel No.: (049) 521-3991 APD Lending Center General
Mobile No.: 0939 109-6360 Santos
Go Chay Ching Bldg.
# 10 I. Santiago Boulevard
General Santos City
Tel No.: (083) 554-0211
Mobile No.: 0907 881-5270
WEALTH MANAGEMENT
Makati Head Office Therese G. Escolin Karen W. Tua
15/F China Bank Bldg. (02) 885-5693 (02) 885-5643
8745 Paseo de Roxas cor. Villar Sts., [email protected] [email protected]
Makati City, Philippines
Grace C. Santos Yvette O. Chua
Angela D. Cruz (02) 885-5697 (02) 885-5691
(02) 885-5641 [email protected] [email protected]
[email protected]
Eric Von D. Baviera Joyce Y. Tan
Cesaré Edwin M. Garcia (02) 885-5688 (02) 672-9640
(02) 812-5320 [email protected] [email protected]
[email protected]
China Bank Savings, Inc. (CBS) began operations on September 8, 2008 following the
acquisition of Manila Bank by China Bank in 2007. Subsequent mergers with Unity Bank and
Planters Development Bank have bolstered CBS as a leading thrift bank in the industry. With
162 branches nationwide and a strong platform for retail banking, auto, housing, teachers and
enterprise finance, the Bank is dedicated to servicing the needs of entry-level customers, the
broad consumer market and the strategic Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) sector. CBS is
committed to promoting financial inclusiveness and uplifting the quality of life of consumers
and entrepreneurs, in line with its Easy Banking for You brand of service.
China Bank Capital Corporation (CBCapital) is China China Bank Securities Corporation (CBSecurities) is
Bank‘s investment house subsidiary. China Bank Capital the stock brokerage arm of China Bank Capital
provides a wide range of services that include debt and Corporation. China Bank Securities complements China
equity capital raising, corporate finance, financial advisory, Bank Capital’s equity underwriting activities covering
and securitization to public and private companies. China initial, follow-on and secondary public offerings in terms of
Bank Capital has acted as issue manager, arranger, and distribution and marketing to retail and institutional clients.
underwriter in various landmark deals. Clients of the China Bank Group likewise benefit by way
of access to stock brokerage services covering execution
of stock transactions at the Philippine Stock Exchange
BOARD OF DIRECTORS MANAGEMENT TEAM
(both peso- and dollar-denominated listed stocks) as
Chairman President well as a suite of research reports on listed companies,
Ricardo R. Chua Ryan Martin L. Tapia industry sectors and markets, in general.
Vice President
Augusto P. Samonte
For the Materiality Disclosures Service, GRI Services reviewed that the GRI content index is clearly
presented and the references for Disclosures 102-40 to 102-49 align with appropriate sections in the body
of the report.
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
Strategy
102-14 Statement from senior decision-maker 6
102-15 Key impacts, risks, and opportunities 6
Ethics and integrity
102-16 Values, principles, standards, and 3, 61
norms of behavior
102-17 Mechanisms for advice and concerns 60, 73-75
about ethics
Governance
102-18 Governance structure 68
102-19 Delegating authority 64
102-23 Chair of the highest governance body 62
102-24 Nominating and selecting the highest 63
governance body
102-28 Evaluating the highest governance 63
body’s performance
Stakeholder engagement
102-40 List of stakeholder groups 19
102-41 Collective bargaining agreements 44
102-42 Identifying and selecting stakeholders 18
102-43 Approach to stakeholder engagement 19
102-44 Key topics and concerns raised 19
Reporting Practice
102-45 Entities included in the consolidated As listed in Note 1 of Financial Statement:
financial statements China Bank Insurance Brokers, Inc., CBC
Properties and Computer Center, Inc.,
China Bank Savings, Inc., China Bank
Capital Corporation, CBC Assets One, Inc.,
China Bank Securities Corporation
102-46 Defining report content and topic 18
Boundaries
102-47 List of material topics 18
102-48 Restatements of information There are no restatements of information.
102-49 Changes in reporting Identified water as a non-material topic for
this reporting period.
102-50 Reporting period i
102-51 Date of most recent report i
102-52 Reporting cycle i
102-53 Contact point for questions regarding 81
the report
102-54 Claims of reporting in accordance with i
the GRI Standards
102-55 GRI Content Index i, 144-147
102-56 External assurance This report is not externally assured.
May 2, 2019, Thursday, 4:00 p.m. We welcome inquiries from investors, analysts, and the financial
Penthouse, China Bank Building community. For information about the developments
8745 Paseo de Roxas cor. Villar St. at China Bank, please contact:
Makati City 1226, Philippines
Alexander C. Escucha
Senior Vice President and Head
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES Investor & Corporate Relations Group
China Banking Corporation
For inquiries or concerns regarding dividend payments, account 28/F BDO Equitable Tower
status, change of address or lost or damaged stock certificates, 8751 Paseo de Roxas
please get in touch with: Makati City 1226, Philippines
Tel. No.: (+632) 885-5609
Stocks and External Relations Email: [email protected]
Office of the Corporate Secretary Website: www.chinabank.ph
China Banking Corporation
11/F China Bank Building
8745 Paseo de Roxas cor. Villar St. CUSTOMER INFORMATION
Makati City 1226, Philippines
We welcome inquiries from customers and other stakeholders.
Contact persons: Please contact:
Atty. Angeli Anne L. Gumpal / Mr. Jaime G. Dela Cruz
Customer Contact Center
Tel. No.: (+632) 885-5132; 230-6987 Remittance & Cards Business Group
Fax No.: (+632) 885-5135 China Bank Tellerphone (Available 24/7)
Email: [email protected] Hotline # (+632) 88-55-888
[email protected] Domestic Toll-Free #s:
1-800-1888-5888 (PLDT)
Stock Transfer Service, Inc.
Unit 34-D Rufino Pacific Tower Email: [email protected]
6784 Ayala Ave. Facebook Page:
Makati City 1226, Philippines www.facebook.com/chinabank.ph
Twitter Page:
Contact persons: www.twitter.com/chinabankph
Antonio M. Laviña Fax No: (+632) 519-0143
Ricardo D. Regala, Jr.
China Bank Building
Tel. Nos.: (+632) 403-2410; 403-2412; 403-9853 8745 Paseo de Roxas cor. Villar St.
Fax No.: (+632) 403-2414 Makati City 1226, Philippines
www.chinabank.ph
The inside pages are printed on Magno 150gsm, a PEFC Credit material and FSC Mix Credit material
certified product made from European mills. By optimizing the use of natural resources, this product
achieves environmental sustainability while keeping the highest quality.